Claude Goulet/2003© l Mise à jour + Comment citer ce lexique l Notre mission : Explorer la nébuleuse Psy ! Auteurs
a b c d e f g h i j k l m Revues
n o p q r s t u v w x y z Ang./Fr.
Fermer


DAM - DARWIN - DE - DEF - DEN - DEP - DET - DEUTSCH - DEV - DI - DIFFÉRENCE - DIS - DIV - DO - DR - DSM - DU - DYS
Dabbs James McBride (1937-2004) : Psychosociologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'influence de la testostérone sur le comportement social. = Dabbs, J.M. Jr. Collaborateur de Janis, Latané et Leventhal.
DABBS, J.M. & JANIS, I.L. (1965). Why does eating while reading facilitate opinion change ? An experimental inquiry. Journal of Experimental Social psychology, 1, 133-144.
DABBS, J.M. (1990). Salivary testosterone measurements : reliability across hours, days and weeks. Physiology & Behavior, 48, 83-86.
DABBS, J.M. (1997). Testosterone, smiling, and facial appearance. Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 21, 45-55.
DABBS, J.M. (1998). Testosterone and the concept of dominance. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 21, 370-371.
DABBS, J.M., BERNIERI, F.J., STRONG, R.K., CAMPO, R. & MILUN, R. (2001). Going on stage : Testosterone in greetings and meetings. Journal of Research in Personality, 35, 27-40.
 
RUBACK, B. (2005). James McBride Dabbs Jr. (1937-2004) : Obituary. American Psychologist, 60, 338.
Dafflon Novelle Anne ( ) : Psychosociologue suisse et spécialiste de la socialisation différenciée des genres.
 DAFFLON-NOVELLE, A. (2002). La littérature enfantine francophone publiée en 1997. Inventaire des héros et des héroïnes proposés aux enfants. Revue Suisse des Sciences de l'Éducation, 24 (2), 309-326.
 DAFFLON-NOVELLE, A.(2002). Les représentations multidimensionnelles du masculin et du féminin véhiculées par la presse enfantine francophone. Swiss Journal of Psychology, 61 (2), 85-103. [PDF]
 DAFFLON-NOVELLE, A. (2003). Histoires inventées : Quels héros et héroïnes souhaitent les garçons et les filles ? Archives de Psychologie, 70, 147-173.
 DAFFLON-NOVELLE, A. (Ed.) (2006). Filles-Garcons; Socialisation différenciée ? Grenoble : Presses Universitaires de Grenoble.
 DAFFLON-NOVELLE, A. (2010). Pourquoi les garçons n’aiment pas le rose ? Pourquoi les petites filles préfèrent Barbie à Batman ? Perception des codes sexués et construction de l’identité sexuée chez des enfants âgés de 3 à 7 ans. In V. Rouyer, S. Croity-Belz & Y. Prêteur (Éd.), Genre et socialisation de l’enfance à l'âge adulte : expliquer les différences, penser l'égalité (pp. 25-40). Toulouse : Erès.
Dahl
Karin L. Dahl Robert Allan Dahl
 
Dahl Karin L. ( ) : Spécialiste de l'écriture et de la lecture.
DAHL, K.L. & SCHARER, P.L. (1993). Children's spontaneous utterances during early reading and writing instruction in whole-language classrooms. Journal of Reading Behavior, 25 (3), 279-294. [PDF]
DAHL, K.L. & FREPPON, P.A. (1995). A comparison of innercity children's interpretations of reading and writing instruction in the early grades in skills-based and whole language classrooms. Reading Research Quarterly, 30 (1), 50-74.
DAHL, K.L., GROGAN, P.R., LAWSON, L. & SCHARER, P.L. (1999). Phonics instruction and student achievement in whole language first-grade classrooms. Reading Research Quarterly, 34, 312-341.
DAHL, K.L. & SCHARER, P.L. (2000). Phonics teaching and learning in whole language classrooms : New evidence from research. The Reading Teacher, 53 (7), 584-594. [PDF]
Dahl Robert Alan (Inwood 1915-2014 Hamden) : Politologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude du pouvoir.
DAHL, R.A. (1957). The concept of power. Behavioral Science, 2 (3), 201-215. [PDF] + [PDF]
HUNTER, F. & DAHL, R.A. (1962). Who Governs : Democracy and Power in an American City. Administrative Science Quarterly, 6 (4), 517-519.
DAHL, R.A. (1965). Who governs ? Democracy and power in an American city. New Haven, CT : Yale University Press.
DAHL, R.A. (1989). Democracy and its critics. Yale Univwrsity Press.
DAHL, R.A. (2003). How democratic is the American Constitution ? New Haven, Conn
 
MORRISS, P. (1972). Power in New Haven : A Reassessment of "Who governs ?" British Journal of Political Science, 2 (4), 457-465.
Dahlgren Anna : Psychologue organisationnel suédoise, spécialisée dans l'étude des effets nocifs du travail (fatigue, privation de sommeil, stress, somnolence) et de la relation avec le cortisol. Collaboratrice de Äkerstedt.

DAHLGREN, A., ÄKERSTEDT, T. & KEKLUND, G. (2004). Individual differences in the diurnal cortisol response to stress. Chronobiology International, 21 (6), 913-922.
DAHLGREN, A., KEKLUND, G. & ÄKERSTEDT, T. (2005). Different levels of work-related stress and the effects on sleep, fatigue and cortisol. Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment & Health, 31 (4), 277-285. [PDF]
DAHLGREN, A., KECKLUND, G. & ÄKERSTEDT, T. (2006). Overtime work and its effects on sleep, sleepiness, cortisol and blood pressure in an experimental field study. Scandinavian Journal of Work, Environment & Health, 32 (4), 318-327. [PDF]
DAHLGREN, A., KECKLUND, G., THEORELL, T. & ÄKERSTEDT, T. (2009). Day-to-day variation in saliva cortisol-relation with sleep, stress and self-rated health. Biological Psychology, 82 (2), 149-155.
 
Daim (Dama dama) : Animal de la classe des mammifères et de la famille des cervidés. Fallow deer.

  BERGVALL, U.A., SCHÄPERS, A., KJELLANDER, P & WEISS, A. (2011). Personality and foraging decisions in fallow deer, Dama dama. Animal Behaviour, 81, 101-112.
Voir aussi Animal
Dalbert Claudia (Köln 1954-) : Psychosociologue allemande et spécialiste de la théorie du monde juste.
DALBERT, C. (1997). Coping with an unjust fate : The case of structural unemployment. Social Justice Research, 10, 175-189.
DALBERT, C. (1999). The world is more just for me than generally : About the personal belief in a Just World Scale’s validity. Social Justice Research, 12, 79-98.
DALBERT, C. & STOEBER, J. (2005). The belief in a just world and distress at school. Social Psychology of Education, 8, 123-135.
DALBERT, C. & FILKE, E. (2007). Belief in a just world, justice judgments, and their functions for prisoners. Criminal Justice & Behavior, 34, 1516-1527. [PDF]
DALBERT, C. (2009). Belief in a just world. In M.R. Leary & R.H. Hoyle (Eds.), Handbook of individual differences in social behavior (pp. 288-297). New York : Guilford Publications. [PDF]
D'Alembert Jean le Rond (Paris 1717-1783) : Philosophe, mathématicien et encyclopédiste français. Avec Diderot, il a rédigé la première encyclopédie en français.
DIDEROT, D. & D'ALEMBERT (1751-1772). L'encyclopédie ou dictionnaire raisonné des sciences, des arts et des métiers. [LIRE]
 
 
 
Dalla Christina ( ) : Pharmacologue grecque spécialisée dans l'étude de l'apprentissage. Étudiante de Shors.
DALLA, C.K., ANTONIOU, Z., PAPADOPOULOU-DAIFOTI, M., BALTHAZART, J. & BAKKER, J. (2004). Oestrogen-deficient female aromatase knockout (ArKO) mice exhibit «depressive-like symptomatology». European Journal of Neuroscience, 20, 1-12.
DALLA, C., DROSSOPOULOU, A.G., XAGORARIS, M., KOKRAS, N. SFIKAKIS, A. & PAPADOPOULOU-DAIFOTI, Z. (2005). Chronic mild stress impact : Are females more vulnerable ? Neuroscience, 135 (3), 703-714.
DALLA, C., BANGASSER, C. EDGECOMB, A.S. & SHORS, T.J. (2007). Neurogenesis and learning : Acquisition and asymptotic performance predict how many new cells survive. Neurobiology of Learning & Memory, 88, 143-148. [PDF]
DALLA, C., EDGECOMB, A.S., WHETSTONE & SHORS, T.J. (2008). Females do not express learned helplessness, as do males. Neuropsychopharmacology, 33 (7), 1559-1569. [PDF]
DALLA, C. & SHORS, T.J. (2009). Sex differences in learning processes of classical and operant conditioning. Physiology & Behavior, 97, 229-238.  [PDF]
Dallenbach Karl M. (1887-1971 austin) : Psychologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'attention, de la mémoire et de l'oubli. Étudiant de Titchener. Professeur de Guilford.
DALLENBACH, K.M. (1920). Attributive vs. cognitive clearness. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 3 (3), 183-230.
DALLENBACH, K.M. (1926). Attention. Psychological Bulletin, 23 (1), 1-18.
WORCHEL, P. & DALLENBACH, K.M. (1947). "Facial vision": Perception of obstacles by the deaf-blind. American Journal of Psychology, 60, 502-553.
DALLENBACH, K.M. (1953). The psychological laboratory of the University of Texas. American Journal of Psychology, 66, 90-104.
DALLENBACH, K.M. (1953). The place of theory in science. Psychological Review, 60 (1), 33-39.
 
EVANS, R.B (1972). Karl M. Dallenbach 1887-1971. American Journal of Psychology, 85, 463-476.
EVANS, R.B. (2006). Karl M. Dallenbach : The lure of the empirical. In D. Dewsbury, L.T. Benjamin & M. Wertheimer (Eds.), Portraits of pioneers in psychology (Vol. 6). Washington, DC : American Psychological Association.
Daltonisme : Trouble de la vision qui se caractérise par l'incapacité de distinguer le rouge et le vert. Daltonisme et xanthocyanopsie.

 
DAMASIO - DAMON - DAN - DARLEY - DARWIN - DAUPHIN - DAVIDSON - DAWKINS - DAWES - DAY - DE
Damasio Antonio R. (Lisbonne 1944-) : Médecin, neurochirurgien et neuropsychologue portugais, spécialisé dans l'étude de la mémoire et des émotions. Collaborateur de Adolphs, Changeux, Galaburda, Gosselin et Kuhl.
DAMASIO, A.R. (1989). Concepts in the brain. Mind & Language, 4, 24-28.
DAMASIO, A.R. (1994/95). Descartes’ error : Emotion, reason, and the human brain / L'erreur de Descartes; La raison des émotions. New York : Grosset-Putnam/Paris : Odile Jacob.
DAMASIO, A.R. (1995). Toward a neurobiology of emotion and feeling : operational concepts and hypotheses. Neuroscientist, 1, 19-25.
DAMASIO, A.R. (1999). The feeling of what happens : Body and emotion in the making of consciousness / Le sentiment même de soi, corps, émotions, conscience. New York : Harcourt Brace/Paris : Odile Jacob.
DAMASIO, A.R. (2001). Fundamental feelings. Nature, 413, 781.
 
HURTUBISE, R. (1995). Damasio, Antonio R., Descartes' error : Emotion, reason, and the human brain. Relations industrielles / Industrial Relations, 50 (2), 463-467. [PDF]
D'amato M.R. ( ) : Primatologue spécialisé dans l'étude du capucin.

 D'AMATO, M.R. SALMON, D.P. & COLOMBO, M. (1985). Extent and limits of the matching concept in monkeys (Cebus apella). Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 11 (1), 35-51.
 D'AMATO, M.R. SALMON, D.P. & COLOMBO, M. (1986). Processing of identity and conditional relations in monkeys (Cebus apella) and pigeons (Columba livid). Animal Learning & Behavior, 14, (4), 365–373. [PDF]
 D'AMATO, M.R. & COLOMBO, M. (1988). Representation of serial order in monkeys (Cebus apella). Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 14, 131-139.
 D'AMATO, M.R. & VAN SANT, P. (1988). The person oncept in monkeys (Cebus apella). Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes, 14 (1), 43-55.
 D'AMATO, M.R. & COLOMBO, M. (1989). On the limits of the matching concept in monkeys (Cebus apella). Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 52 (3), 225–236. [PDF]
Damon William (Brockton 1944-) : Psychologue humanisme américain et spécialiste du développement de l'enfant et de l'adolescent. Collaborateur de Csikszentmihalyi et Gardner.
DAMON, W. (1977). The social world of the child. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass.
DAMON, W. (Ed.) (1983). Social and personality development : Essays on the growth of the child. New York : W.W. Norton.
DAMON, W. & HART, D. (1988). Self-understanding in childhood and adolescence. New York : Cambridge University Press.
DAMON, W. (1997). The youth charter : How communities can work together to raise standards for all our children. New York : The Free Press.
GARDNER, H., CSIKSZENTMIHALYI, M. & DAMON, W. (2002). Good work : When excellence and ethics meet. New York : Basic Books.
Dancause Kelsey N. ( ) : Anthopologue québécoise, spécialisée dans l'étude du stress produit par les désastres naturels et de son effet sur la nutrition et la santé mentale et physique.
DANCAUSE, K.N., GRAY, S.J. & AKOL, H.A. (2009). Beer is the cattle of women: Sorghum beer commercialization and dietary intake of agropastoral families in Karamoja, Uganda. Social Science & Medicine, 70, 1123-1130.
DANCAUSE, K.N., VILAR, M., DEHUFF, C., WILSON, M., SOLOWAY, L.E., CHAN, C., LUM, K.J. & GARRUTO, R.M. (2010). Relationships between body size and percent body fat among Melanesians in Vanuatu. Asia Pacific Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 19 (3), 425-431. [PDF]
DANCAUSE, K.N., LAPLANTE, D.P., OREMUS, C., FRASER, S., BRUNET, A. & KING, S. (2011). Disaster-related prenatal maternal stress influences birth outcomes : Project Ice Storm. Early Human Development, 87 (12), 813-820. [PDF]
DANCAUSE, K.N., VERU, F, ANDERSEN, R.E., LAPLANTE, D.P. & KING, S. (2013). Prenatal stress due to a natural disaster predicts insulin secretion in adolescence. Early Human Development, 89, 773-776. [PDF]
DANCAUSE, K.N., LAPLANTE, D.P., HART, K.J., O'HARA, M.W., ELGBEILI, G., BRUNET, A. & KING, S. (2015). Prenatal stress due to a natural disaster predicts adiposity in childhood : The Iowa Flood Study. Hindawi Publishing Corporation Journal of Obesity, Article ID 570541, 10 p. [PDF]
Danchin Antoine ( ) : Biologiste et généticien français, spécialisé dans l'étude des génomes bactériens. Collaborateur de Changeux.
DANCHIN, A. (1978). Ordre et dynamique du vivant. Chemins de la biologie moléculaire. Paris : Le Seuil.
CHANGEUX, J.-P. & DANCHIN, A. (1976). Selective stabilisation of developing synapses as a mechanism for the specification of neuronal networks. Nature, 264, 705-712.
DANCHIN, A. et CHANGEUX, J.-P. (1974). Apprendre par stabilisation sélective de synapses en développement. Dans L'unité de l'Homme (p. 320-350). Paris : Le Seuil.
DANCHIN, A. (1983). L'oeuf et la poule : Histoires du code génétique. Paris : Fayard.
DANCHIN, A. (1998). La barque de Delphes. Ce que révèle le texte des génomes. Paris : Odile Jacob.
D'Andrade Roy Goodwin (New York 1931-) : Anthropologue américain et fondateur de l'anthropologie cognitive. Professeur de Hutchins.

ROSEN, B.C. & D'ANDRADE, R.G. (1959). The psychosocial origins of achievement motivation. Sociometry, 22 (3), 185-218.
D'ANDRADE, R.G. (1965). Trait psychology and componential analysis. American Anthropologist, 67 (5), 215-228.
D'ANDRADE, R.G. (1967). Sex differences and cultural institutions. In E. Maccoby (Ed.), The development of sex differences (pp. 174-204). Stanford University Press.
D'ANDRADE, R.G. (1981). The cultural part of cognition. Cognitive Science, 5, 179-195.
D'ANDRADE, R.G. (1995). The development of cognitive anthropology. Cambridge University Press.
Danemark : Pays.

  NORDENTOFT, M. (2007). Prevention of suicide and attempted suicide in Denmark. Epidemiological studies of suicide and intervention studies in selected risk groups. Danish Medical Bulletin, 54 (4), 306-369.
LINNET, J. (2009). Denmark. In G. Meyer, T. Hayer & M. Griffiths (Eds.), Problem gambling in Europe : Challenges, prevention, and interventions (p. 333). New York : Springer.
Voir aussi Pays
Danger/Dangereux : Toute chose qu menace l'intégrité d'un organisme, qui peut lui faire mal, le blesser ou le tuer.

  GRANGER, L. et CHEVREL, A. (1999). L'évaluation de la dangerosité. Dans L. Brunet (Dir.), L'expertise psycholégale : Balise méthodologiques et déontologiques. Montréal : Presse de l'Université du Québec.
 VILLERBU, L., AMBROSI, A., GAILLARD, B. et LE BAS, P. (Dir.) (2003). Dangerosité et vulnérabilité en psychocriminologie. Paris : L'Harmattan.
Voir aussi Menace
Dangerosité : = potentiel de de passage à l'acte ou de récidive ou d'un comportement nuisible pour la société. EX : Danger qu'un pédophile agresse un enfant ou qu'un batteur de femmes récidive.

  GRANGER, L. et CHEVREL, A. (1999). L'évaluation de la dangerosité. Dans L. Brunet (Dir.), L'expertise psycholégale : Balise méthodologiques et déontologiques. Montréal : Presse de l'Université du Québec.
 VILLERBU, L., AMBROSI, A., GAILLARD, B. et LE BAS, P. (Dir.) (2003). Dangerosité et vulnérabilité en psychocriminologie. Paris : L’Harmattan.
Danser : Sport. Danser, gymnastique et patinage artisitique. Dancer.

  KENT, A., CAMNER, J. & CAMNER, C. (1984). The dancers’ body book. New York : HarperCollins.  NILSSON, C, LEANDERSON, J, WYKMAN, A. & STRENDER, L.E. (2001). The injury panorama in a Swedish professional ballet company. Knee Surgery, Sports Traumatology, Arthroscopy, 9 (4), 242-246.
HAMILTON, L.H., BROOKS-GUNN, J. & WARREN, M P. (1985). Sociocultural influences on eating disorders in professional female ballet dancers. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 5, 925-934. LIEDERBACH, M. & COMPAGNO, J.M. (2001). Psychological aspects of fatigue-related injuries in dancers. Journal of Dance Medicine & Science, 5, 116-120.
GARNER, D.M., GARFINKEL, P.E., ROCKERT, P. & OLMSTED, M.P. (1987). A prospective study of eating disturbances in the ballet. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics, 48 (1-4), 170-175. WARREN, M.P., BROOKS-GUNN, J., FOX, R.P., HOLDERNESS, C.C., HYLE, E.P. & HAMILTON, W.G. (2002). Osteopenia in exercise-associated amenorrhea using ballet dancers as a model : A longitudinal study. Journal of Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism, 87, 3162-3168.
FRUSTAJER, N.T., DHUPER, S., WARREN, M.P., BROOKS-GUNN, J. & FOX, R.P. (1990). Nutrition and the incidence of stress fractures in ballet dancers. American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 51, (5), 779-783. ASKLING, C., LUND, H., SAARTOK, T. & THORSTENSSON, A. (2002). Self- reported hamstring injuries in student-dancers. Scandinavian Journal of Medicine & Science in Sports, 12, 230-235.
KADEL, N.J., TEITZ, C.C. & KRONMAL, R.A. (1992). Stress fractures in ballet dancers. The American Journal of Sports Medicine, 20 (4), 445-449. STRETANSKI, M.F. & WEBER, G.J. (2002). Medical and rehabilitation issues in classical ballet. American Journal of Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation, 81, 383-391.
HOLDERNESS, C., BROOKS-GUNN, J. & WARREN, M.P. (1994). Eating disorders and substance use: A dancing vs non dancing population. Medicine & Science in Sports & Exercise, 26, 297-302. BYHRING, S. & BO, K. (2002). Musculoskeletal injuries in the Norwegian National Ballet : a prospective cohort study. Scandinavian Journal of Medicine & Science in Sports, 12, 365-370.
  RAVALDI, C., VANNACHI, A., ZUCCHI, T., MANNUCCI, E., CABRAS, P.L., BOLDRINI, M., MURCIANO, L., ROTELLA, C.M. & RICCA, V. (2003). Eating disorders and body image disturbances among ballet dancers, gymnasium users and body builders. Psychopathology, 36, 247-54.
ABRAHAM, S. (1996). Characteristics of eating disorders among young ballet dancers. Psychopathology, 29, 223-229. ACKARD, D.M., HENDERSON, J.B. & WONDERLICH, A.L. (2004). The associations between childhood dance participation and adult disordered eating and related psychopathology. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 57, 485-490.
HAMILTON, L.H., HAMILTON, W.G., WARREN, M.P., KELLER, K. & MOLNAR, M. (1997). Factors contributing to the attrition rate in elite ballet students. Journal of Dance Medicine & Science, 1, 131-138. THOMAS, J.J., KEEL, P.K. & HEATHERTON, T.F. (2005). Disordered eating attitudes and behaviors in ballet students : Examination of environmental and individual risk factors. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 38, 263-268.
  BACHNER-MILMAN, R., ZOHAR, A.H., EBSTEIN, R.P., ELIZUR, Y. & CONSTANTINI, N. (2006). How anorexic-like are the symptom and personality profiles of aesthetic athletes ? Medicine & Science in Sports & Exercise, 38 (4), 628-636. [PDF]
  RINGHAM, R., LUMP, K., KAYE, W., STONE, D., STOWE, S. & MARCUS, M. (2006). Eating disorder symptomatology among ballet dancers. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 39, 503-508.
  TSENG, M., FANG, D., LEE, M.B. CHIE, W.C., LIU, J.P. & CHEN, W.J. (2007). Two-phase survey of eating disorders in gifted dance and non-dance high- school students in Taiwan. Psychological Medicine, 37, 1085-1096.
  HINCAPIE, C.A., MORTON, E.J. & CASSISY, J.D. (2008). Musculoskeletal injuries and pain in dancers : A systematic review. Archives of Physical Medicine & Rehabilitation, 89, 1819-1829.
SOLOMON, R., SOLOMON, J., MICHELI, L.J. & McGRAY, E. (1999). The "cost" of injuries in a professional ballet company : A five-year study. Medical Problems of Performing Artists, 14, 164-169. THOMAS, J.J., KEEL, P.K. & HEATHERTON, T.F. (2011). Disordered eating and injuries among adolescent ballet dancers. Eating & Weight Disorders, 16, 216-222. [PDF]
  FINK, B. WEEGE, B., FLÜGGE J., RÖLDER, S., NEAVE, N. & MCCARTY, K. (2012). Men's personality and women's perception of their dance quality. Personality & Individual Differences, 52 (2), 232-235.
  Voir aussi Trouble alimentaire et Blessure
Danton William G. ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhaviorisme américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la dépression. Il critique l'usage des anti-dépresseurs. Collaborateur d'Antonuccio et Greenberg.
DANTON, W.G., MAY, J. & LYNN, E. (1984). Psychological and physiological effects of relaxation and nitrous oxide training. Psychological Reports, 55, 311-322.
ANTONOCCIO, D.O., DANTON, W.G. & DENELSKY, G.Y. (1995). Psychotherapy versus medication for depression : Challenging the conventional wisdom with data. Professional Psychology : Research & Practice, 26 (6), 574-585.
DANTON, W.G., ANTONUCCIO, D.O. & ROSENTHAL, Z. (1997). No need to panic : non-drug treatment of anxiety. The Therapist, 4 (4), 38-41.
DANTON, W.G. & ANTONUCCIO, D.O (1998). A focused empirical analysis of drug treatments for anxiety disorders. In S. Fisher & R. Greenberg (Eds.), From placebo to panacea : Putting psychiatric drugs to the test (pp. 229-280). New York : John Wiley & Sons.
ANTONUCCIO, D.O., DANTON, W.G., DENELSKY, G.Y., GREENBERG, R.P. & GORDON, J.S. (1999). Raising questions about antidepressants. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics, 68 (1), 3-14.
D'Antono Bianca ( ) : Psychologue cognitivio-béhavioriste québécoise, spécialisée en médecine béhaviorale. Collaboratrice de Dupuis et Marchand.
D’ANTONO, B., DITTO, B., RIOS, N. & MOSKOWITZ, D.S. (1999). Risk for hypertension and diminished pain sensitivity in women : Autonomic and daily correlates. International. Journal of Psychophysiology 31, 175-187.
COUTU, M.F., DUPUIS, G.H. & D’ANTONO, B. (2001). The impact of cholesterol lowering on patients’ moods. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 24, 517-536.
D’ANTONO, B., DITTO, B., MOSKOWITZ, D.S. & RIOS, N. (2001). Interpersonal behaviour and resting blood pressure in young college women : A daily monitoring study. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 50, 309-318.
D’ANTONO, B., DUPUIS, G., FLEET, R., MARCHAND, A. & BURELLE, D. (2002). Gender differences in chest pain and prediction of exericse-ischemia. Canadian Journal of Cardiology, 19, 515-522.
D’ANTONO, B., DUPUIS, G., FORTIN, C., ARSENAULT, A. & BURELLE, D. (2006). Angina symptomatology in men and women with stable coronary artery disease and evidence of exercise-induced myocardial perfusion defects. American Heart Journal, 151, 813-819.
Dantzig George Bernard (Portland 1914-2005 Stanford) : Mathématicien et statisticien américain. Étudiant de Neyman. Collaborateur de Wald.
DANTZIG, G.B. (1940). On the non-existence of tests of Student's hypothesis having power functions independent of sigma. Annals of Mathematical Statistics, 11, 186-192. [PDF]
DANTZIG, G.B. & WALD, A. (1951). On the fundamental lemma of Neyman and Pearson. Annals of Mathematical Statistics, 22, 87-93.
DANTZIG, G.B. (1963). Linear programming and extensions. Princeton University Press, Princeton.
DANTZIG, G.B. (1982). Reminiscences about the origins of linear programming. Operations Research Letters, 1 (2), 43-48.
DANTZIG, G.B. (2002). Linear Programming. Operations Research, 50 (1), 42-47.
Danziger Kurt (1926-) : Psychologue anglais d'origine allemande et historiens des sciences.
DANZIGER, K. (1953). The interaction of hunger and thirst in the rat. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 5, 10-21.
DANZIGER, K. (1963). Ideology and utopia in South Africa : A methodological contribution to the sociology of knowledge. British Journal ofSociology, 14, 59-76.
DANZIGER, K. (1980). The history of introspection reconsidered. Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 16, 241-262. [PDF]
DANZIGER, K.(1985). Origins of the psychological experiment as a social institution. American Psychologist, 40, 133-140.
DANZIGER, K. (1994). Does the history of psychology have a future? Theory & Psychology, 4, 467-484.
 
DZINAS, K. (Ed.) (1995). Special issue : tribute to Kurt Danziger. History & Philosophy of Psychology Bulletin, 7 (2), 4-5. [PDF]
BROCK, A.C., LOUW, J. & VAN HOORN, W. (Eds.) (2004). Rediscovering the history of psychology : Essays inspired by the work of Kurt Danziger. New York : Springer.
BROCK, A.C. (2006). Rediscovering the history of psychology : Interview with Kurt Danziger. History of Psychology, 9 (1), 1-16.
BROCK, A.C. (2012). Kurt Danziger. In R. W. Rieber (Ed.), Encyclopedia of the history of psychological theories (pp. 142-143). New York : Springer. [PDF]
BROCK, A.C. (2013). Kurt Danziger. In K. Keith (Ed.), Encyclopedia of cross-cultural psychology (p. 634). Hoboken, NJ : Wiley. [PDF]
Darley John M. (1938-) : Psychosociologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'altruisme et du comportement d'aide. Avec Latane, il a développé une théorie de la diffusion de la responsabilité pour expliquer l'absence d'aide (Voir le cas de Kitty Genovese). Collaborateur d'Aronson, Batson, Bersheid, Fazio, Gilbert, Latané et Zanna.
DARLEY, J.M. & ARONSON, E. (1966). Self-evaluation and direct anxiety reduction as determinants of the fear-affiliation relationship. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology (Suppl. 1).
DARLEY, J.M. & LATANÉ, B. (1968). Bystander intervention in emergencies : Diffusion of responsibility. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 8 (4), 377-383. [PDF]
DARLEY, J.M., TEGER, A.L. & LEWIS, L.D. (1973). Do groups always inhibit individuals responses to potential emergencies. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 26 (3), 395-399. [PDF]
DARLEY, J.M. & GROSS, P.H. (1983. A hypothesis-confirming bias in labeling effects. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 44 (1), 20-33. [PDF]
DARLEY, J.M. (1991). Altruism and prosocial behavior research : Reflections and prospects. In M.S. Clark (Ed.), Prosocial behavior, personality and social psychology (pp. 312-327). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publications.
Darling-Hammond Linda (Cleveland 1951-) : Spécialiste américaine de l'éducation.
HAMMOND-DARLING, L. (2000). Reforming teacher preparation and licensing : Debating the evidence. Teachers College Record, 102 (1), 28-56. [PDF]
HAMMOND-DARLING, L., CHUNG, R. & FRELOW, F. (2002). Variation in teacher preparation : How well do different pathways prepare teachers to teach ? Journal of Teacher Education, 53 (4), 286-302. [PDF]
HAMMOND-DARLING, L. & YOUNGS, P. (2002). Defining «highly qualified teachers » : What does «scientifically-based research» actually tell us. Educational Researcher, 31 (9), 13-25. [PDF]
HAMMOND-DARLING, L. & SYKES, G. (2003). Wanted, a national teacher supply policy for education:the right way to meet the "highly qualified teacher" challenge. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 11 (33), 1-55. [PDF]
HAMMOND-DARLING, L., HOLTZMAN, D.J., GATLIN, S.J. & VASQUEZ-HEILIG, J. (2005). Does teacher preparation matter ? Evidence about teacher certification, teach for America, and teacher effectiveness. Education Policy Analysis Archives, 13 (42), 1-48. [PDF]
Darlington Cyril Dean (1903-1981) : Biologiste, généticien et sociobiologiste anglais. On lui doit la découverte du chromosome.
DARLINGTON, C.D. (1932). Chromosomes and plant breeding. Londres : Macmillan.
DARLINGTON, C.D. (1959). The facts of life. Auckland : George Allen and Unwin.
DARLINGTON, C.D. (1959). Darwin's place in history. Oxford : Blackwell.
DARLINGTON, C.D. (1964). Genetics and man. Auckland : George Allen and Unwin.
DARLINGTON, C.D. (1969). The evolution of man and society. Auckland : George Allen and Unwin.
 
LEWIS, D. (1983). Cyril Dean Darlington. 19 December 1903-26 March 1981". Biographical Memoirs of Fellows of the Royal Society, 29, 113-126.
BENIRRSCHKE, K. (2004). The man who invented the chromosome : A life of Cyril Darlington. Journal of Heredity 95 (6), 541.
Dar-Nimrod Ilan ( ) : Psychologue australien et spécialiste de l'étude de l'intéraction gène-environnement.
DAR-NIMROD, I. & HEINE, S.J. (2006). Exposure to scientific theories affects women’s math performance. Science, 314, 435.
DAR-NIMROD, I., RAWN, C., LEHMAN, D.R. & SCHWARTZ, B. (2009). The maximization paradox : The cost of seeking alternatives. Personality & Individual Differences, 46, 631-635.
DAR-NIMROD, I. & HEINE, S.J. (2011). Genetic essentialism : On the deceptive determinism of DNA. Psychological Bulletin, 137, 800-818. [PDF]
DAR-NIMROD, I. (2012). Viewing death on television increases the appeal of advertised products. Journal of Social Psychology, 152 (2), 199-211. [PDF]
DAR-NIMROD, I., CHEUNG, B.Y., RUBY, M. & HEINE, S.J. (2014). Can merely learning about obesity genes affect eating behavior ? Appetite, 81, 269-276. [PDF]
Darwin
Erasmus Darwin Charles Robert Darwin
 
Darwin Erasmus (Elston, Nottingham 1731-1802 Derby) : Naturaliste et médecin anglais. Il est le gand-père de Darwin.
DARWIN, E. (1801). Zoonomia or the laws of organic life. London : Johnson J.
DARWIN, E. (1803). The temple of nature or the origin of society. London : Johnson J.
 
DARWIN, C. (1887). The life of Erasmus Darwin. London : Murray.
KING-HELE, D. (1977). Doctor of Revolution. The Life and Genius of Erasmus Darwin. London : Faber and Faber.
KING-HELE, D. (1999). Erasmus Darwin. A life of unequalled achievement. London : De La Mare.
WADE, N.J. (2002). Erasmus Darwin (1731-1802). Perception, 31, 643-650. [PDF]
Darwin Charles Robert (Shrewsbury Angleterre 1809-1882 Westminster) : Naturaliste anglais de l'école transformiste et éthologiste et botaniste avant la lettre. Il a développé une théorie, la sélection naturelle, qui permet d'expliquer l'évolution des espèces. Il a également élaboré une théorie des émotions. Il a dit : "Les espèces qui survivent ne sont pas les espèces les plus fortes, ni les plus intelligentes, mais celles qui s'adaptent le mieux aux "changements." Collaborateur de Huxley.
DARWIN, C. (1859). On the origin of species. London : Murray. [PDF]
DARWIN, C. (1871). The descent of man, and selection in relation to sex. London : John Murray.
DARWIN, C. (1872). The expression of the emotions in man and animals. Londres : John Murray. [LIRE]
DARWIN, C. (1873). Origin of certain instincts. Nature, 3, 417-418.
DARWIN, C. (1877). A biographical sketch of an infant. Mind, 2, 285-294.
 
ANGELL, J.R. (1909). The influence of Darwin on psychology. Psychological Review, 16, 152-169. [LIRE]
SULLOWAY, F.J. (1982). Darwin's conversion : The Beagle voyage and Its aftermath. Journal of the History of Biology, 15, 325-96. [PDF]
YOUNG, R.M. (1985). Darwin's metaphor : Nature's place in Victorian culture. London: Cambridge University Press.
CATANIA, A.C. (1987). Some Darwinian lessons for behavior analysis. A review of Peter J. Bowler’s The Eclipse of Darwinism. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 47 (2), 249-257. [PDF]
GARCIA, J., ROBERTSON, G. & RODRIGO. (1988). Darwin was a learning theorist. In R.B. Bolles & M.D. Beecher (Ed.), Evolution and learning (pp. 17-38). Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
BOWLBY, J. (1991). Charles Darwin : A new life. New York : Norton.
COSTALL, A. (2004). From Darwin to Watson (and cognitivism) and back again : The principle of animal-environment mutuality. Behavior & Philosophy, 32, 179-195. [PDF]
Voir aussi Darwinisme
Darwin (Machine de...) : Darwin machine.
  CALVIN, W.H. (1987). The brain as a Darwin Machine. Nature, 330, 33-34.
PLOTKIN, H.C. (1995). Darwin machines and the nature of knowledge. London : Penguin Books.
PLOTKIN, H.C. & THOMPSON, N.S. (1995). Darwin machines and the nature of knowledge. Contemporary Psychology, 40 (12), 1179.
DYSON, G.B. (1998). Darwin among the machines : The evolution of global itelligence. Perseus.
Darwinisme : Désigne les idées de Darwin sur l'évolution et la parentalité des espèces, ainsi que les théories modernes en accord avec les grandes lignes de sa théorie (rivalité entre les espèces, sélection naturelle, transformation de la descendance, etc.). = darwinisme naturel. /créationisme. Darwinism.

  ANGELL, J.R. (1909). The influence of Darwin on psychology. Psychological Review, 16, 152-169. [LIRE] BOWLBY, J. (1991). Charles Darwin : A new life. New York : Norton.
HIMMELFARB, G. (1959/1962). Darwin and the Darwinian revolution. Garden City, NY : Doubleday & Co. AnchorBooks. DEGLER, C.N. (1991). In search of human nature : The decline of Darwinism in American social thought. New York : Oxford University Press.
MAGOUN, H.W. (1960). Evolutionary concepts of brain function following Darwin and Spencer. In S. Tax (Ed.), Evolution after Darwin (Vol, 2 pp. 187-209). Chicago : University of Chicago Press.  
HULL, D.L. (1973/83). Darwin and his critics : The reception of Darwin's theory of evolution by the scientific community. Cambridge, MA : Harvard University Press.  NESSE, R.M. & WILLIAMS, G.C (1994). Why we get sick : The new science of Darwinian medicine. New York, NY : Vintage Books.
CONRY, Y. (1974). L'introduction du darwinisme en France au XIXe siècle. Paris : Vrin. GRIFFITHS, P.E. (1996). Darwinism, process structuralism and natural kinds. Philosophy of Science, 63 (S), 1-9. [PDF]
SULLOWAY, F.J. (1982). Darwin's conversion : The Beagle voyage and Its aftermath. Journal of the History of Biology, 15, 325-96. [PDF] LOPREATO, J. & CRIPPEN, T. (1999). Crisis in sociology : The need for Darwin. Brunswick, NF : Transaction.
VIDAL, F., BUSCAGLIA, M. & VONÈCHE, J.J (1983). Darwinism and developmental psychology. Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 19, 81-94. GRIFFITHS, P.E. & GRAY, R.D. (2001). Darwinism and developmental systems. In S. Oyama, P.E. Griffiths & R.D. Gray (Eds.), Cycles of contingency : Developmental systems and evolution (pp. 195-218). Cambridge, Mass., MIT Press. [PDF]
BOAKES, R. (1984). From darwinism to behaviorism. Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press. COSTALL, A. (2004). From Darwin to Watson (and cognitivism) and back again : The principle of animal-environment mutuality. Behavior & Philosophy, 32, 179-195. [PDF]
YOUNG, R.M. (1985). Darwin's Metaphor: Nature's place in Victorian culture. London: Cambridge University Press. HAMILTON, R. (2008). The Darwinian cage : Evolutionary psychology as moral science. Theory, Culture & Society, 25 (2), 105-125. [PDF]
CATANIA, A.C. (1987). Some Darwinian lessons for behavior analysis. A review of P.J. Bowler’s The Eclipse of Darwinism. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 47 (2), 249-257. [PDF] SANDERSON, S.K. (2008). The impact of Darwinism on sociology : An historical and critical overview. In H.J.Niedenzu, T. Meleghy & P. Meyer (Eds.), The new evolutionary social science : Human nature, social behavior, and social change (pp. 9-25). Boulder, CO : Paradigm Publishers [PDF]
GARCIA, J., ROBERTSON, G. & RODRIGO. (1988). Darwin was a learning theorist. In R.B. Bolles & M.D. Beecher (Ed.), Evolution and learning (pp. 17-38). Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. GREEN, C.D. (2009). Darwinian theory, functionalism, and the first American psychological revolution. American Psychologist, 64, 75-83.
TIMBERLAKE, W. (1989). Evolution and learning : Will we finally follow Darwin ? Contemporary Psychology, 34, 549-550. DE BLOCK, A. & DEWITTE, S. (2009). Darwinism and the cultural evolution of sports. Perspectives in Biology & Medicine, 52 (1), 1-16. [PDF].
  Voir aussi Évolution et Espèce
Darwinisme (Post-) : Post-Darwinian science.

  GLENN, S.S. (1985). The reciprocal roles of behavior analysis and institutional economics in post-Darwinian science. The Behavior Analyst, 8, 15-27. [PDF]
Darwinisme social : Cette expression désigne la théorie de Spencer selon laquelle la sélection naturelle et la compétition entre les individus constitueraient le fondement de la vie en société chez les humains. Social darwinism.

  TARDE, G. (1884). Darwinisme naturel et Darwinisme social. Revue Philosophique, 17, 607-637.
CLARK, L.L. (1984). Social darwinism in France. The University of Alabama Press.
RUPP-EISENREICH, B. (1992). Le darwinisme social en Allemagne. Dans P. Tort (Dir.), Darwinisme et société (p. 169-236). Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
Dashiell John Frederick (Southport États-Unis 1888-1975) : Psychologue américain. Président de l'APA en 1938. Étudiant de Dewey, Thorndike et Woodworth.
DASHIELL, J.F. (1928). Fundamentals of objective psychology. Boston : Houghton Mifflin Company.
 
 
 
 
Date de naissance : Moment précis de la naissance d'un organisme. Birthdate.

  BARNSLEY R.H., THOMPSON, A.H & BARNSLEY P.E. (1985). Hockey success and birthdate : The RAE. Canadian Association for Health, Physical Education & Recreation, 51, 23-28.
GRONDIN, S., PROULX, J. et ZHOU, R.-M. (1993). Date de naissance et rendement scolaire. Apprentissage et Socialisation, 16, 169-174.
MAY D. & WELCH, E. (1986). Screening for schools’ readiness : The influence of birthdate sex. Psychology in the Schools, 23, 100-105. AZVEDO, I., PINTO-DO-O, P. & BORGES, N. (1995). Birth dates. Nature, 376, 381.
BARNSLEY R.H., THOMPSON, A.H. (1988). Birthdate and success in minor hockey : The key to the NHL. Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 20, 167-176. BODDI, V., BRIZZI, E., CONTI, A. & GENSINI, G.F. (1996). Birth dates in Florence. Nature, 379, 394.
BELL, J.F. & DANIEL, S. (1990). Are summer-born children disadvantaged ? The birthdate effect in education. Oxford Review of Education, 16, 67-80. BELL, J.F., MASSEY, A. & DEXTER, T. (1997). Birthdate and ratings of sporting achievement : Analysis of physical education GCSE results. European Journal of Physical Education, 2, 160-166.
BREWER, J., BALSOM, P., DAVIS, J. & EKBLOM, B. (1992). The influence of birth date and physical development on the selection of a male junior international soccer squad. Journal of Sports Sciences, 10, 561-562. GIACOMINI, C.P. (1999). Association of birthdate with success of nationally ranked junior tennis players in the United States. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 89, 381-386.
Dauphin : En psychologie animale, espèce utilisée comme modèle pour étudier l'apprentissage, la communication, la permanence de l'objet, la résolution de problème, la reconnaissance de soi, l'organisation sociale. On utilise également les dauphins en zoothérapie. Dolphin, porpoise.

  PRYOR, K.W., HAAG, R. & O'REILLY, J. (1969). The creative porpoise : training for novel behavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12 (4), 653-661. [PDF]  
PRYOR, K. (1981). Why porpoise trainers are not dolphin lovers : Real and false communication in the operant setting. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 364 (1), 137-143. [PDF]  
CONNOR, R.C. & NORRIS, K.S. (1982). Are dolphins reciprocal altruists? American Naturalist, 119, 358-374.  
HERMAN, L.M., RICHARDS, L.G. & WOLZ, J.P. (1984). Comprehension of sentences by bottlenosed dolphins. Cognition, 16, 1-90.  
PEPPERBERG, I.M. (1986). Acquisition of anomalous communicatory systems : Implications for studies of interspecies communication. In R.J. Schusterman, J.A. Thomas & F.G. Woods (Eds.), Dolphin cognition and behavior : A comparative approach (pp. 289-302). Hillsdale, N.J. : Lawrence Erlbaum.  ANTONIOLO, C. & REVELEY, M. A. (2005). Randomized controlled trial of animal facilitated therapy with dolphins in the treatment of depression. British Medical Journal, 331, 1231-1234.
HERMAN, L.M. (1986). Cognition and language competencies of bottlenosed dolphins. In R.J. Schusterman, J.A. Thomas & F.G. Wood((Eds.), Dolphin cognition and behavior : a comparative approach (pp. 221-252). Hillsdale, New Jersey : L. Erlbaum.  
WELLS, R.S., SCOTT, M.D. & IRVINE, A.B. (1987). The social structure of free-ranging bottlenose dolphins. Current Mammalogy, 1, 247- 305.  
ROITBLAT, H.L., MOORE, P.W.B., NACHTIGALL, P.E. & PENNER, R.H. (1991). Natural dolphin echo recognition using an integrator gateway network. In D.S. Touretsky & R. Lippman (Eds.), Advances in neural information processing systems (pp. 273-281). San Mateo, CA : Morgan Kaufmann.  SEKIGUCHI, Y., ARAI, K. & OHSHIMA, S. (2006). Sleep behaviour : sleep in continuously active dolphins. Nature, 441, 9-10.
CONNOR, R.C., SMOLKER, R.A. & RICHARDS, A.F. (1992). Aggressive herding of females by coalitions of male bottlenose dolphins (Tursiops sp.). In A.H. Harcourt & F.B. M. de Waal (EDS.), Coalitions and alliances in humans and other animals (pp. 415-443). Oxford : Oxford University Press.  
AU, W.W.L. (1993). The sonar of dolphins. New York : Springer- Verlag.  
BAUER, G.B. & JOHNSON, C.M. (1994). Trained motor imitation by bottlenose dolphins (Tursiops Truncatus). Perceptual & Motor Skills, 79, 1307-1315.  
SAYIGH, L., TYACK, P.L., WELLS, R.S., SCOTT, M.D. & IRVINE, A.B. (1995). Sex difference in whistle production in free-ranging bottle- nose dolphins, Tursiops truncatus. Behavioral Ecology & Sociobiology, 36, 171-177. KUZCAJ, S.A. & YEATERD. B (2006). Dolphin Imitation : Who, what, when, and why ? Aquatic Mammals, 32 (4), 413-422. [PDF]
SAMUELS, A. & SPRADIN, T. (1995). Quantitative behavioral study of bottlenose dolphins in swim-with-the-dolphin programs in the United States. Marine Mammal Science, 11, 520-544.  GNONE, G., MORICONI, T. & GAMBINI, G. (2006). Sleep behaviour : activity and sleep in dolphins. Nature, 441, 10-11.
MITCHELL, R.W. (1995). Evidence of dolphin self-recognition and the difficulties of interpretation. Consciousness & Cognition, 4, 229-234. HARLEY, H.E. & DELONG, C.M. (2008). Echoic object recognition by the bottlenose dolphin. Comparative Cognition & Behavior Reviews, 3, 46-65. [PDF]
MARTEN, K. & PSARAKOS, S. (1995). Using self-view television to distinguish between self-examination and social behavior in the bottlenose dolphin (Tursiops truncatus). Consciousness & Cognition, 4, 205-224.  
SAYIGH, L.S., TYACK, P.L., WELLS, R.S., SOLOW, A.R., SCOTT, M.D. & IRVINE, A.B. (1998). Individual recognition in wild bottlenose dolphins : a field test using playback experiments. Animal Behaviour, 57, 41-50. [PDF]  
BURNIE, D. (Ed.) (2001). Animal. Londres : Dorling Kindersley / Le règne animal. Saint-Laurent : Erpi. Voir aussi Animal
Davenport Richard K. (1917-2003) : Psychologue et primatologue américain, d'origine indienne, spécialisé dans l'étude du comportement des chimpannzés. Collaborateur de Menzel et Rumbaugh.

DAVENPORT, R.K. & MENZEL, E.W. (1960). Oddity preference in the chimpanzee. Psychological Reports, 7, 523-526.
DAVENPORT, R.K., MENZEL, E.W. & ROGERS, C.M. (1961). Maternal care during infancy : Its effect on weight gain and mortality in the chimpanzee. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 31, 803-809.
DAVENPORT, R.K. & MENZEL, E.W. (1963). Stereotyped behavior of the infant chimpanzee. Archives of General Psychiatry, 8 (1), 99-104.
DAVENPORT, R.K., MENZEL, E.W. & ROGERS, C.M. (1966). Effects of severe isolation on "normal" juvenile chimpanzees : Health, weight gain, and stereotyped behaviors. Archives of General Psychiatry, 14 (2), 134-138.
DAVENPORT, R.K., ROGERS, C.M. & RUMBAUGH, D.M. (1973). Long-term cognitive deficits in chimpanzees associated with early impoverished rearing. Developmental Psychology, 9 (3), 343-347.
Davidoff Jules ( ) : Psychologue anglais, spécialisée dans l'étude de la catégorisation et de la perception des couleurs. Collaborateur de Roberson.

DAVIDOFF, J., DAVIES, I. & ROBERSON, D. (1999). Colour categories of a stone-age tribe. Nature, 398, 203-204. [PDF]
DAVIDOFF, J. & ROBERSON, D. (1999). Similarity and categorization : Neuropsychological evidence for dissociations in categorization tasks. Brain & Language 69, 296-298.
DAVIDOFF, J. & ROBERSON, D. (2002). Development of animal recognition : A difference between parts and wholes. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 81, 217-234.
DAVIDOFF, J. & ROBERSON, D. (2004). Preserved thematic and impaired taxonomic categorisation : A case study. Language & Cognitive Processes, 19, 137-174. [PDF]
DAVIDOFF, J. GOLDSTEIN, J. & ROBERSON, D. (2009). Nature vs. nurture : The simple contrast. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 102, 246-250. [PDF]
Davidson/Davison
Donald Herbert Davidson Michael C. Davison
Richard J. Davidson  
 
Davidson Donald Herbert (1917-2003) : Philosophe du langage et épistémologue américain. Il a développé une théorie de la décision en collaboration avec Suppes. Il s'intéresse également à la notion de cause et au principe de causalité. On lui doit également une solution - le monisme anomal - au problème du corps et de l'esprit. Étudiant de Whitehead et Quine. Collaborateur de Suppes.
DAVIDSON, D. (1963). Actions, reasons, and causes. Journal of Philosophy, 60, 685-700.
DAVIDSON, D. (1969). True to the facts. The Journal of Philosophy, 66, 748-764. [PDF]
DAVIDSON, D. (1970/91). Mental events In L. Forster & J.L. Swanson (Eds.), Experience and theories. Amherst : University of Massachusetts Press/ Théorie de l'action : textes majeurs de la philosophie analytique de l'action (pp. 79-191). Liège : Mardaga.
DAVIDSON, D. (1980/93). Essays on actions and events. Oxford : Clarendon Press. / Actions et événements. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
DAVIDSON, D. (1991). De la véritable idée de schème conceptuel. Dans J. Rajchman et C. West (Dirs.), La pensée américaine contemporaine (p. 221-240). Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
 
MURPHY, J.P. (1990). Pragmatism : From Peirce to Davidson. Boulder, CO: Westview Press.
Davidson Richard J. (Brooklin 1951-) : Neurosychologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'émotion et de ses déterminants bio-génétiques. Étudiant de McClelland. Collaborateur de Ekman, Kosslyn, Smith et Wager.
DAVIDSON, R.J. (1998). Affective style and affective disorders : Perspectives from affective neuroscience. Cognition & Emotion, 12 (3), 307-330. [PDF]
DAVIDSON, R.J. (1998). Anterior electrophysiological asymmetries, emotion, and depression : Conceptual and methodological conundrums. Psychophysiology, 35, 607-614.
DAVIDSON, R.J. (2004). What does the prefrontal cortex "do" in affect : Perspectives on frontal EEG asymmetry research. Biological Psychology, 67, 219-233. [PDF]
DAVIDSON, R.J., JACKSON, D.C. & KALIN, N.H. (2000). Emotion, plasticity, context, and regulation : Perspectives from affective neuroscience. Psychological Bulletin, 126 (6), 890-909. [PDF]
DAVIDSON, R.J. (2004). Well-being and affective style : Neural substrates and biobehavioural correlates. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B : Biological Sciences, 359 (1449), 1395-1411. [PDF]
Davies/Davis
Nick Davies Hank Davis Keith Eugene Davis
    Stephen F. Davis
 
Davies Nick ( ) : Zoologiste et éthologiste anglais, spécialisé en écologie animale. Il s'intéresse tout particulièrement aux oiseaux. Collaborateur de Krebs.
KREBS, J.R. & DAVIES, N.B. (Eds.) (1978). Behavioural ecology : an evolutionary approach. Oxford : Blackwell Scientific Publications.
DAVIES, N.B. (1978). Territorial defence in the speckled wood butterfly, Pararge aegeria : the resident always wins. Animal Behaviour, 26, 138-147.
DAVIES, N.B. (1989). Sexual conflict and the polygamy threshold. Animal Behaviour, 38, 226-234.
KREBS, J.R. & DAVIES, N.B. (1993). An introduction to behavioural ecology. Oxford, UK : Blackwell Scientific Publications.
DAVIES, N.B. (2002). Cuckoo tricks with eggs and chicks. British Birds, 95, 101-115.
Davis Hank ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste canadien d'origine américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du conditonnement.

DAVIS, H. (1968). Conditioned suppression : A survey of the literature. Psychonomic Mongraph Supplements, 2 (30), 283-291.
DAVIS, H. & McINTIRE, R.W. (1969). Conditioned suppression under positive, negative, and no contingency between conditioned and unconditioned stimuli. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12, 633-640. [PDF]
DAVIS, H., MEMMOTT, J. & HURWITZ, H.M. (1976). Effects of signals preceding and following shock on baseline responding during a conditioned-suppression procedure. Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 25 (2), 263-277. [PDF]
DAVIS, H., MEMMOTT, J. (1983). Autocontingencies : Rats count to three to predict safety from shock. Animal Learning & Behavior, 11 (1), 95-100. [PDF]
DAVIS, H., MEMMOTT, J. (1984). Autocontingencies : Suppressive and accelerative effects of pairs of shocks superimposed on a positively reinforced operant baseline. Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 42 (1), 75-86. [PDF]
Davis Keith Eugene (Clifton 1936-) : Psychosociologue américain. Étudiant de Jones. Collaborateur de Gergen.
 DAVIS, K.E. & JONES, E.E. (1960). Changes in interpersonal perceptions as a means of reducing cognitive dissonance. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 61, 402-420.
JONES, E.E. & DAVIS, K.E. (1965). From acts to dispositions : The attribution process in person perception. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.), Advances in experimental social psychology. Orlando : Academic Press.
 DAVIS, K.E. & BRAUCHT, G.N. (1973). Exposure to pornography, character, and sexual deviance : A retrospective survey. Journal of Social Issues, 19, 184-196.
 DAVIS, K.E. & FRIEZE, I.H. (2000). Research on stalking : What do we know and where do we go? Violence & Victims, 15, 473-487.
 DAVIS, K.E. & BERGNER, R.M. (2006). Advances in descriptive psychology. Ann Arbor, MI : Descriptive Psychology Press.
Davis Stephen F. ( ) : Psychosociologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la tricherie.
DAVIS, S.F., GROVER, C.A., BECKER, A.H. & McGREGOR, L.N. (1992). Academic dishonesty : Prevalence, determinants, techniques, and punishments. Teaching of Psychology, 19 (1), 16-20.
DAVIS, S.F. (1993). Academic dishonesty in the 1990s. The Public Perspective, 26-28. [PDF]
DAVIS, S.F., NOBLE, L.M., ZAK, E.N. & DREYER, K.K. (1994). A comparison of cheating and learning/grade orientation in American and Australian college students. College Student Journal, 28, 353-356.
DAVIS, S.F. & LUDVIGSON, H.W. (1995). Additional data on academic dishonesty and a proposal for remediation. Teaching of Psychology, 22, 119-122.
DAVIS, S.F., DRINAN, P.F. & BERTRAM-GALLANT-T. (2009). Cheating in school : What we know and what we can do. Wiley. [PDF]
Davison Michael C. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude du conditionnement opérant, des programmes de renforcement et des facteurs qui influencent les comportements de choix. Collaborateur de Baum, Fantino, Marr, Shahan et Nevin.
DAVISON, M.C. (1969). Preference for mixed-interval versus fixed-interval schedules. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12 (2), 247-252. [PDF]
DAVISON, M.C. & TEMPLE, W. (1974). Preference for fixed-interval terminal links in a three-key concurrent chain schedule. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 22 (1), 11-19. [PDF]
DAVISON, M.C. & TUSTIN, R.D. (1981). Towards a behavioral theory of bias in signal detection. Perception & Psychophysics, 29 (4), 371-382. [PDF]
DAVISON, M.C. & BAUM, W.M. (2000). Choice in a variable environment : every reinforcer counts. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 74 (1), 1-24. [PDF]
DAVISON, M., MARR, M.J. & ELLIFFE, D. (2010). The effects of a local negative feedback function between choice and relative reinforcer rate. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 94 (2), 197-207.[PDF]
Dawes Robin Mason (1936-2010) : Psychologue et méthodologiste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la décision et de l'irrationalité. Collaborateur de Meehl et Swets.
DAWES, R.M. (1979). The robust beauty of improper linear models in decision making. American Psychologist, 34 (7), 571-582. [PDF]
DAWES, R.M. & THALER, R.H. (1979). Anomalies : Cooperation. Journal of Economic Perspectives, 2 (3), 187-197. [PDF]
DAWES, R.M., ORBELL, J.M., SIMMONS, R.T. & VAN DE KRAGHT, AJ.C. (1986). Organizing groups for collective action. The American Political Science Review, 80 (4), 1171-1185. [PDF]
DAWES, R.M. (1994). House of cards : Psychology and psychotherapy built on myth. New York : Free Press.
DAWES, R.M. (1999). Two methods for studying the incremental validity of a Rorschach variable. Psychological Assessment, 11 (3), 297-302.
 
FISCHHOFF, B. (2010). Robin Mason Dawes (1935-2010). Obituary. American Psychologist, 67 (4), 319-320.
Dawkins
Maryam Stamp Dawkins Richard Dawkins
 
Dawkins Maryam Stamp ( ) : Éthologiste et zoologiste anglaise et spécialiste du bien-être animal. Collaboratrice de Manning.
DAWKINS, M.S. (2003). Behaviour as a tool in the assessment of animal welfare. Zoology, 106 (4), 383-387.
DAWKINS, M.S., DONNELLY, C.A. & JONES, T.A. (2004.) Chicken welfare is influenced more by housing conditions than by stocking density. Nature, 427, 342-344. [PDF]
DAWKINS, M.S. (2006). A user's guide to animal welfare science. Trends in Ecology & Evolution 25 (2), 77-82. [PDF]
DAWKINS, M.S. (2008). The science of animal suffering. Ethology, 114, 937-945. [PDF]
DAWKINS, M.S. (2010). Do asymmetries destablize the Prisoner’s Dilemma and make reciprocal altruism unlikely ? Animal Behaviour, 80, 339-341. [PDF]
Dawkins Richard (Nairobi 1941-) : Éthologiste, zoologiste anglais et partisan d'une psychologie évolutionniste. On lui doit notamment les concepts de mème et de compétition entre les gènes. Collaborateur de Krebs.
DAWKINS, R. (1969). A threshold model of choice behaviour. Animal Behaviour, 17, 120-133. [PDF]
DAWKINS, R. (1976/86). The selfish gene /Le gène égoï ste. Oxford: Oxford University Press/Paris : Armand Colin.
DAWKINS, R. (1979). Defining sociobiology. Nature, 280, 427-428.
DAWKINS, R. (1981). In defence of selfish genes. Philosophy, 56 (218), 556-573. [PDF]
DAWKINS, R. (1997). Qu'est-ce que l'évolution ? Paris : Hachette.
 
Dawson
Geraldine Dawson Michael R.W. Dawson
 
Dawson Geraldine (Cobleskill 1951-) : Psychologue neurocognitiviste américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de l'autisme. Avec Rogers, elle a développé un modèle d'intervention auprès des autistes (Early Start Denver Model). Collaboratrice de Meltzoff, Kuhl,Ozonoff, Pennington et Rogers.
DAWSON, G., WARRENBURG, S. & FULLER, P. (1982). Cerebral lateralization in individuals diagnosed as autistic in early childhood. Brain & Language, 15, 353-368.
DAWSON, G., MELTZOFF, A., OSTERLING, J. & BROWN, E. (1998). Children with autism fail to orient to naturally occurring social stimuli. Journal of Autism & Developmental Disorders, 28, 479-485. [PDF]
DAWSON, G., OSTERLING, J., MELTZOFF, A.N. & KUHL, P. (2000). Case study of the development of an infant with autism from birth to two yars of age. Journal of Applied Developmental Psychology, 21 (3), 299-313. [PDF]
DAWSON, G., WEBB, S.J. & McPARTLAND, J. (2005). Understanding the nature of face processing impairment in autism: insights from behavioral and electrophysiological studies. Developmental Neuropsychology, 27, 403-424. [PDF]
DAWSON, G. (2008). Early behavioral intervention, brain plasticity, and the prevention of autism spectrum disorder. Development & Psychopathology, 20, 775-803. [PDF]
Dawson Michael R.W. ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain d'origine canadienne et concepteur de site internet en psychologie cognitive. Collaborateur de Pylyshyn.
DAWSON, M.R.W. & PYLYSHYN, Z.W. (1988). Natural constraints in apparent motion. In Z.W. Pylyshyn (Ed.), Computational processes in human vision : An interdisciplinary perspective. Norwood, N.J. : Ablex Publishing.
DAWSON, M.R.W. (1995). Pure and applied research at the biological computation project. Canadian Artificial Intelligence, 36, 17-22.
DAWSON, M.R.W. (1998). Understanding cognitive science. Oxford, UK : Blackwell Publishers.
DAWSON, M.R.W. (2004). Minds and machines : Connectionism and psychological modeling. Oxford, UK : Blackwell Publishers.
DAWSON, M.R.W. (2005). Connectionism : A hands-on approach. Oxford, UK : Blackwell Publishers.
Day Willard F. (1926-1989) : Psychologue et épistémologue béhavioriste américain. Collaborateur de Moore.
DAY, W.F. (1969). On certain similarities between the philosophical investigations of Ludwig Wittgenstein and the operationism of B.F. Skinner. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12 (3), 489-506. [PDF]
DAY, W.F. (1969). Reconciliation of behaviorism and phenomenology. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 12 (2), 315-328. [PDF]
DAY, W.F. (1976). Analyzing verbal behavior under the control of private events. Behaviorism, 4 (2).
DAY, W.F. (1977). On Skinner's treatment of the first-Person, third-Person psychological sentence distinction. Behaviorism, 5 (1).
DAY, W.F. (1983). On the difference between radical and methodological behaviorism. Behaviorism, 11, 89-102.
 
KNAPP, T.J. (1989). In memorium : Willard F. Day, Jr. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 7, 1-3. [PDF]
MOORE, J.C. (1991). A retrospective appreciation of Willard Day's contributions to radical behaviorism and the analysis of verbal behavior. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 9, 97-104. [PDF]
DDL ou DL : Voir Degré de liberté.
DEC - DECI - DÉCHARGE ÉLEC. - DÉCISION - DECL - DÉCOUVERTE - DÉCRIRE - DÉCROCHAGE SCOLAIRE - DÉDUCTION - DEF
Deary Ian J. ( ) : Psychologue écossais et spécialiste de l'étude de l'intelligence. Colaborateur de Jones, Penke et Perrett.
DEARY, I.J. (1994). Intelligence and auditory discrimination : Separating processing speed and fidelity of stimulus representation. Intelligence, 18, 189-213.
DEARY, I.J. (1998). Differences in mental ability. British Medical Journal, 317, 1701-1703.
DEARY, I.J., DER, G. & FORD, G. (2001). Reaction times and intelligence differences: a population-based cohort study. Intelligence, 29, 389-399.
DEARY, I.J., SPINATH, F.M. & BATES, T.C. (2006). Genetics of intelligence. European Journal of Human Genetics, 14, 690-700. [PDF]
DEARY, I.J. (2012). Intelligence. Annual Review of Psychoology, 63, 453-482. [PDF]
Death Studies : Revue scientifique qui consacre ses pages à l'étude du deuil et de la perte d'un être cher. Éditeur : John Taylor & Francis/Routledge.

BALK, D.E. (2004). Recovery following bereavement : an examination of the concept. Death Studies, 28, 361-374.

Deaton Angus Stewart (Edinburgh 1945-) : Économiste anglais et lauréat du prix Nobel d'économie en 2015.
DEATON, A. (1972). A reconsideration of the empirical implications of additive preferences. Economic Journal, 84, 338-347. [PDF]
DEATON, A. (1977). The measurement of income and price elasticities. European Economic Review, 6, 261-274. [PDF]
DEATON, A. & LAROQUE, G. (1992). On the behaviour of commodity prices. The Review of Economic Studies, 59 (1), 1-23. [PDF]
DEATON, A. & LAROCQUE, G. (2001). Housing, land prices, and the link between growth and saving. Journal of Economic Growth, 6, 87-105. [PDF]
DEATON, A. (2003). Health, inequality, and economic development. Journal of Economic Literature, 41, 113-158. [PDF]
Deaux Kay ( ) : Psychosociologue américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude des attributions et des différences sexuelles. Étudiante de Taylor-Spence. Collaboratrice de Biernat, d'Emswiller et Fiske.
DEAUX, K. (1967). Effect of situational expectation on information preference and anticipatory lowering of belief. Public Opinion Quarterly, 31, 472-473.
DEAUX, K. & EMSWILLER, T. (1974). Explanations for successful performance on sex-linked tasks : What is skill for the male is luck for the female. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 29, 80-85.
DEAUX, K. & FARRIS, E. (1977). Attributing causes for one's own performance : The effects of sex, norms, and outcome. Journal of Research in Personality, 11, 59-72.
DEAUX, K. (1984). From individual differences to social categories : Analysis of a decade's research on gender. American Psychologist, 39 (2), 105-116.
DEAUX, K. REID, A., MARTIN, D. & BIKMEN, N. (2006). Ideologies of diversity and inequality : Predicting collective action in groups varying in ethnicity and immigrant status. Political Psychology, 27, 123-146.
Débat : Discussion autour d'un problème, généralement entre plusieurs interlocuteurs souvent divisés en deux camps, qui ne fait pas l'objet d'un consensus. Débat et grand problème.

Type de débats
Débat politique Grands débats en psychologie
Débat Skinner/Chomsky Grand débat
 
Débat (Grand) : En éducation, débat autour de l'efficacité de l'enseignement de la lecture, débat qui opposent les tenants des méthodes syllabique aux partisans de l'enseignement par la méthode globale. Great debate, reading wars.

  CHALL, J.S. (1967). Learning to read : The great debate. New York : McGraw-Hill. CARBO, M. (1996). Whole language or phonics ? Use Both! The Education Digest, 61, 60-63.
CARNINE, D.W. (1977). Phonics versus look-say : Transfer to new words. Reading Teacher, 30 (6), 636-640. CARBO, M. (1996). Whole language vs. phonic : The great debate. Principal, 75, 35-37.
CARNINE, D.W (1980). Phonic versus whole-word correction procedures follow phonic instruction. Education & Treatment of Children, 3 (4), 323-330. CHALL, J.S. (1996). Learning to read : The Great Debate (1967). New York : McGraw Hill.
FOX, D. (1986). The debate goes on systematic phonics vs. whole language. Journal of Reading, 29, 678-680. ELDREDGE, L. & BAIRD, J. (1996). Phonemic awareness training works better than whole language instruction for teaching first graders how to write. Reading Research & Instruction, 35, 193-208.
TURNER, R.L. (1989). The "great" debate : Can both Carbo and Chall be right ? Phi Delta Kappan, 71, 276-283.  
LIBERMAN, I.Y. & LIBERMAN, A.M. (1990). Whole word vs. code emphasis: Underlying assumptions and their implications for reading instruction. Bulletin of the Orton Society, 40, 51-76. [PDF] LEMANN, N. (1997). The reading wars. The Atlantic Monthly Company, 280, 128-134.
ADAMS, M.J. (1991). Why not phonics and whole language ? In W. Ellis (Ed.), All language and the creation of literacy (pp. 40-53). Baltimore, MD : Orton Dyslexia Society.  
KLESIUS, J., GRIFFITH, P. & ZIELONKA, P. (1991). A whole language and traditional instruction comparison : Overall effectiveness and development of the alphabetic principle. Reading Research & Instruction, 30, 47-61.  
CHALL, J.S. (1992). The new reading debates : Evidence from science, art, & ideology. Columbia University : Teachers Col. Record.  
BUNT, N.A. (1993-94). An experimental comparison of whole language and tradition methods of spelling instruction in first grade classrooms. Journal of Clinical Reading, 4, 18-27. DAHL, K.L. & SCHARER, P.L. (2000). Phonics teaching and learning in whole language classrooms : New evidence from research. The Reading Teacher, 53 (7), 584-594.
  DONAT, D.J. (2003). Reading their way : a balance of phonics and whole language. Lanham : The Scarecrow P, Inc.
BARBETTA, P.M., HEWARD, W.L. & BRADLEY, D.M. (1993). Relative effects of whole-word and phonetic- prompt error correction on the acquisition and maintenance of sight words by students with developmental disabilities. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 26 (1), 99-110. [PDF] BROOKS, M. & BROOKS J. (2005). Whole language or phonics: Improving instructional language through general semantics. ETC. A Review of General Semantics, 29, 271-280.
POWELL, D. & HORNSBY, D. (1993). Learning phonics and spelling in a whole language classroom. New York : Scholastic Professional Books. KOTAMN, H.,TEKIN, A.K. & TEKIN, G. (2007). Reading acquisition through phonics method in a Turkish public elementary school : A case study. Reading Improvement, 44 (4), 199-206.
FOORMAN, B.R. (1995). Research on "The great debate" : Code-oriented versus whole language approaches to reading instruction. School Psychology Review, 24 (3), 376-392. KIM, J.S. (2008). Research and the reading wars. The Phi Delta Kappa, 89 (5), 372-375. [PDF]
McKENNA, M.C. (1995). Differential effects of whole language and traditional instruction on reading attitudes. Journal of Reading Behavior, 27, 19-44. KIM, J.S. (2008). Research and the reading wars. In F.M. Hess (Ed.), When research matters : How scholarship Influences education policy (pp. 89-111). Cambridge, MA : Harvard Education Press. [PDF]
ADAMS, M.J. & BRUCK, M. (1995). Resolving the "great debate." American Educator, 19 (2), 10-20. MADDOX, K. & FENG, J. (2013). Whole language instruction vs. phonics instruction: Effect on reading fluency and spelling accuracy of first grade students. Savannah, Georgia : Georgia Educational Research Association Annual Conference. [PDF]
Voir aussi Enseignement syllabique et Enseignement globale
 
Débat en psychologie : Voir Grand problème de la psychologie. Debate.
Débat entre Skinner/Chomsky : Débat entre Skinner et Chomsky concernant les mécanismes de l'acquisition du langage, langage/comportement verbal qui serait en grande partie appris par conditonnement opérant pour le premier, et plutôt le résultat d'un module inné de développement (Language acquisition device) pour le second. Débat Skinner/Chomsky, problème inné/acquis et Verbal behavior.
  SKINNER, B.F. (1957). Verbal behavior. New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts. PALMER, D.C. (1999). A call for tutorials on alternative approaches to the study of verbal behavior. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 16, 45-58. [PDF]
CHOMSKY, N. (1959). A review of B.F. Skinner's Verbal behavior. Language, 35, 26-58. [PDF] BARNES-HOLMES, D., BARNES-HOLMES, Y. & CULLINAN, V. (2000). Relational frame theory and Skinner's Verbal Behavior : A possible synthesis. The Behavior Analyst, 23, 69-84. [PDF]
MacQUORDALE, K. (1970). A reply to Chomsky's review of Skinner's Verbal Behavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 13 (1), 83-99. [PDF]  
RICHELLE, M. (1972). Analyse formelle et analyse fonctionnelle du comportement verbal. Notes sur le débat entre Chomsky et Skinner. Bulletin de Psychologie, 26, 252-259/ (1976). Formal analysis and functional analysis of verbal behavior : Notes on the debate between Chomsky and Skinner. Behaviorism, 4, 209-221.  
ANDRESON, J.T. (1990). Skinner and Chomsky 30 years. Historiographia Linguistica, 17, 145-165.  
STEMMER, N. (1990). Skinner's verbal behavior, Chomsky's review, and mentalism. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 54 (3), 307-319. [PDF] PALMER, D.C. (2006). On Chomsky's appraisal of Skinner's Verbal Behavior. The Behavior Analyst, 29, 253-267. [PDF]
ANDRESEN, J. (1991). Skinner and Chomsky 30 years later or : The return of the repressed. The Behavior Analyst, 14, 49-60. [PDF] VIRUES-ORTEGA, J. (2006). The case against B. F. Skinner 45 years later : An encounter with N. Chomsky. The Behavior Analyst, 29, 243-251. [PDF]
KNAPP, T.J. (1992). Verbal Behavior : The other reviews. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 10, 87-95. [PDF]  
Voir aussi Grands problèmes et Comportement verbal
Débat politique : Débat, campagne politique et vote. Political debate, televised debate.

  BLAIS, A. & BOYER, M. (1996). Assessing the impact of televised debates : The case of the 1988 Canadian election. British Journal of Political Science, 26, 143-164.
NORTON, M.I. & GOETHALS, G.R. (2004). Spin (and pitch) doctors : Campaign strategies in televised political debates. Political Behavior, 26, 227-248.
De Beauvoir Simone (Paris 1908-1986 Paris) : Écrivaine et philosophe féministe et existentialiste française. = Beauvoir.
DE BEAUVOIR, S (1949/72). Le deuxième sexe / The Second Sex. Paris : Gallimard/ Penguin.
 
 
 
 
Debesse Maurice (1902-1998) : Psychologue français, spécialisé en éducation et dans l'étude de l'adolescence.
DEBESSE, M. (1936). La crise d’originalite juvénile. Paris : Alcan.
DEBESSE, M. (1943). L’adolescence. Paris : Que sais-je ?/Presses Universitaires de France.
DEBESSE, M. (1952). Les étapes de l'éducation. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
DEBESSE, M. (1955). Les méthodes pédagogiques. Dans H. Piéron (Dir.), Traité de psychologie appliquée. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
DEBESSE, M. (Dir.) (1956). La psychologie de l’enfant de la naissance à l’adolescence. Paris.
Debord Guy Ernest (1931-1994) : Philosophe marxiste, cinéaste et écrivain français. Chef de file du mouvement situationniste.
DEBORD, G.E. (1967). La Société du spectacle. Buchet-Chastel.
DEBORD, G.E. & WOLMANN, G.J. (1955). Pourquoi le lettrisme ? [LIRE]
 
 
 
JAPPE, A. (1992/95). Guy Debord. Marseilles : Via Valeriano.
Debray Régis (Paris 1940-) : Philosophe et écrivain français.
DEBRAY, R. (1974). La guérilla du Che. Paris : Le Seuil.
DEBRAY, R. (1981). Critique de la raison politique ou l’inconscientreligieux. Paris : Gallimard.
DEBRAY, R. (1993). L’état séducteur. Paris : Gallimard.
DEBRAY, R. (1994). Manifeste médiologique. Paris : Gallimard.
DEBRAY, R. (2005). Les communions humaines. Pour en finir avec "la religion". Paris : Fayard.
Debriefing : Voir Désensibilisation (des participants ou des victimes). Debriefing.
Debruine Lisa M. ( ) : Psychologue évolutionniste écossaise et spécialiste de l'étude du visage, notamment en lien avec la beauté et l'attirance physique. Collaboratrice de Jones, Haselton, Little et Penke.
DeBRUINE, L.M. (2004). Facial resemblance increases the attractiveness of same-sex faces more than other-sex faces. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London B, 271, 2085- 2090. [PDF]
DeBRUINE, L.M. (2009). Beyond "just-so stories" : How evolutionary theories led to predictions that non-evolution-minded researchers would never dream of. The Psychologist, 22 (11), 930-931. [PDF]
DeBRUINE, L.M., SMITH, F.G., JONES, B.C. ROBERTS, S.C., PETRIE, M. & SPECTOR, T.D. (2009). Kin recognition signals in adult faces. Vision Research, 49 (1), 38-43. [PDF]
DeBRUINE, L.M., JONES, B.C., CRAWFORD, J.R., WELLING, L.L.M. & LITTLE, A.C. (2010). The health of a nation predicts their mate preferences : cross-cultural variation in women's preferences for masculinized male faces. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London B, 277, 2405-2410. [PDF]
DeBRUINE, L.M., HAHN, L.C. & JONES, B.C. (2016). Perceiving infant faces. Current Opinion in Psychology, 7, 87-91.
Décalage : Selon Piaget, variation individuelle dans le passage d'un stade développmenent à l'autre. Decalage.

  GILLIÉRON, C. (1976). Décalage et sériation. Archives de Psychologie, 44.
SCARDAMALIA, M. (1977). Information processing capacity and the problem of horizontal decalage : A demonstration using combinatorial reasoning tasks. Child Development, 48, 28-37.
LEONARD, F. (1979). Décalages et interruptions du processus d’équilibration chez l’adulte. Cahiers de Psychologie, 22, 75 84.
DE RIBAUPIERRE, A. & RIEBEN, L. (1983). Aspects différentiels du fonctionnement cognitif : procédures, décalages et dysharmonies. Archives de Psychologie, 51, 9-16.
LEGENDRE-BERGERON, M.F. (1980). Lexique de la psychologie du développement de Jean Piaget. Montréal : Gaëtan Morin.
Décalage-horaire : Voir Trouble du décalage-horaire.
Décentralisation/Décentaliser : Decentralization.

  WYNER, G.M., & MALONE, T.W. (1996). Cowboys or Commanders : Does Information Technology Lead to Decentralization ? Proceedings of the International Conference on Information Systems, Columbus, OH, December 15-18.
LEGENDRE-BERGERON, M.F. (1980). Lexique de la psychologie du développement de Jean Piaget. Montréal : Gaëtan Morin.  
Décentration/Décentrer : Chez Piaget, capacité d'un enfant d'envisager le point de vue des autres, donc de cesser de se centrer sur sa propre perception ou ses sentiments. Decentration, Taking another person's perspective.

  RUBIN, K.H. (1973). Decentration skills in institutionalized and non-institutionalized elderly. Proceedings of the 81st Annual Convention of the American Psychological Association, 763- 764. AMES, D.L., JENKINS, A.C., BANAJI, M.R. & MITCHELL, J.P. (2008). Taking another person's perspective increases self-referential neural processing. Psychological Science, 19 (7), 642-644. [PDF]
BATSON, C.D., EARLY, S. & SALVARINI, G. (1997). Perspective taking : imagining how another feels versus imagining how you would feel. Personality & Social Personality Bulletin, 23, 751-758.  
LEGENDRE-BERGERON, M.F. (1980). Lexique de la psychologie du développement de Jean Piaget. Montréal : Gaëtan Morin. Voir aussi Empathie
Déception :
Décharge (d'une énergie) : Au sens freudien, évacuation par le corps d'une énergie psychique engendrée par une excitation interne ou externe. La décharge peut-être totale ou partielle.

  LAPLANCHE, J. et PONTALIS, J.B. (1967/1998). Vocabulaire de la psychanalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
Décharge électrique : L'expression renvoie à deux réalités bien distinctes : a) En psychologie, les décharges électriques de faible intensité sont utilisées comme punition positive ou comme renforcement négatif pour diminuer ou augmenter la fréquence des comportements chez les animaux (rat, pigeon, etc) et les humains (notamment chez les enfants qui s'automutilent). Contingent electric shock. b) En psychiatrie, on utilise également l'électricité pour traiter les patients qui sont profondément dépressifs (Voir thérapie électroconvulsive). N.D.L.R. Choc électrique est un anglicisme. Décharge électrique, punir et jet d'eau sur la tempe. Electric shock, shock.

  a
BARLOW, M.C. (1933). The influence of electric shock in mirror tracing American Journal of Psycholy, 45, 478- 487. KNUTSON, J.F., HYNAN, M.T. & KANE, N.L. (1976). The influence of home-cage lighting conditions on shock-induced fighting. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 90, 877-888.
BERNARD, J. & GILBERT, R.W. (1941). The specificity of the effect of shock for error in maze learning with human subjects. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 28, 178-186. LINHART, S.B., ROBERTS, J.D., SCHUMAKE, A. & JOHNSON, R. (1977). Avoidance of prey by captive coyotes punished with electric shock. Proceedings of the 7th Vertebrate Pest Conference, 302-306. [PDF]
STONE, C.P. & HOROWITZ, M.W. (1946). The disorganizing effects of electroconvulsive shock on a light discrimination habit in albino rats. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 40, 15-21. LINSCHEID, T.R. & CUNNINGHAM, C.E. (1977). A controlled demonstration of the effectiveness of electric shock in the elimination of chronic infant rumination. Journal of Applied Psychology, 10 (3), 500.
STONE, C.P., SHARP, H.C. & WINDER, D.L. (1946). Effects of electro-convulsive shocks on "reasoning" ability in albino rats. Journal of Psychology, 22, 193-197. BERSH P.J. & ALLOY, L.B. (1978). Avoidance based on shock intensity reduction with no change in shock probability. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 30 (3), 293-300. [PDF]
STONE, C.P., EADY, H.R. & HAUTY, G.T. (1949). Possible genetic differences in the mortality of mice from electro-convulsive shocks. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 42, 427-428. HINELINE, P. (1978). Warm-up in free-operant avoidance as a function of the response-shock = shock-shock interval. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 30 (3), 281-291. [PDF]
SIDMAN M. (1953). Avoidance conditioning with brief shock and no exteroceptive warning signal. Science, 118 (3058), 157-158. ROSSELINI, R.A. (1978). Inescapable shock interferes with the acquisition of a free appetitive operant. Animal Learning & Behaviour, 6, 155-159.
RISHIKOF, J.R. & ROSVOLD, H.E. (1953) Effects of electroconvulsive shocks on the performance of the rat in the closed- field test. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 7, 29-33.  
AZRIN, N.H. (1959). A technique for delivering shock to pigeons. Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 2 (2), 161-162. [PDF] BERSH P.J. & ALLOY, L.B. (1980). Reduction of shock duration as negative reinforcement in free- operant avoidance. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 33 (2), 265-273. [PDF]
APPEL, J.B. (1959). Punishment and shock intensity. Science, 141, 528-529 ROSSELINI, R.A. & DECOLA, J.P. (1981). Inescapable shock interferes with the acquisition of a low-activity response in an appetitive context. Animal Learning and Behaviour, 9, 487-490.
BROOKSHIRE K.H., LITTMAN, R.A. & STEWART, C.N. (1961). Residua of shock-trauma in the white rat: A three- factor theory. Psychological Monographs, 75 (10), 1-32. MURISON, R. & ISAKEN, E. (1982). Gastric ulceration and adrenocortical activity after inescapable and escapable pre-shock in rats. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 1, 133-137.
LYKKEN, D.T. (1962). Preception in the rat : Autonomic response to shock as a function of length of the warning interval. Science, 137, 665-666. ROSSELINI, R.A., DECOLA, J.P. & SHAPIRO, N.R. (1982). Cross-motivational effects of inescapable shock are associative in nature. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behaviour Processes, 8, 376-388.
ULRICH, R.E. & AZRIN, N.H. (1962). Elimination of undesired escape from foot shock. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 5, 72. KATZ, R.J. (1982). Animal model of depression : Animal model of depression: Effects of electroconvulsive shock, therapy. Neuroscience & Behavioral Reviews, 5, 273-277. [PDF]
KELLEHER, R.T., RIDDLE, W.C. & COOK, L. (1963). Persistent behavior maintained by unavoidable shocks. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6 (4), 507-517. [PDF] ARTHUR, A.Z. (1986). Stress of predictable and unpredictable shock. Psychological Bulletin, 100, 379-383.
HAKE, D.F. & AZRIN, N.H. (1963). An apparatus for delivering pain shock to monkeys. Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6 (2), 2297-2298. [PDF] ABBOTT, B.B., SCHOEN, L.S. & BADIA, P. (1984). Predictable and unpredictable shock : Behavioral measures of aversion and physiological measures of stress. Psychological Bulletin, 96, 45-71.
APPEL, J.B. & PETERSEN, N.J. (1965). Punishment : effect of soft shock intensity on response suppression. Psychologcal Reports, 16, 721-730. LAUDENSLAGER, M. L., FLESHNER, M., HOFSTADER, P., HELD, P. E., SIMONS, L. & MAIER, S.F. (1988). Suppression of specific antibody production by inescapable shock : Stability under varying conditions. Brain, Behavior & Immunity, 2, 92-101.
METZ, J.R. (1965). Conditioning generalized imitation in autistic children. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 2, 389-399. SPREAT, S., LIPINSKI, D., DICKERSON, R., NASS, R. & DORSEY, M. (1989). The acceptability of electric shock programs. Behavior Modification, 13 (2), 245-256.
LOVAAS, O.I., SCHAEFFER, B. & SIMMONS, J.Q. (1965). Building social behavior in autistic children by use of electric shock. Journal of Experimental Research in Personality, 1, 99-109. [PDF] LINSCHEID, T., HARTEL, F. & COOLEY, N. (1993). Are aversives durable? A five year follow-up of three individuals treated with contingent electric shock. Child & Adolescent Mental Health Care, 3 (2), 67-76.
DINSMOOR, J.A. CLAYTON, M.H. (1966). A conditioned reinforcer maintained by temporal association with the termination of shock. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 9, 547-552. [PDF] WILLIAMS, D.E., KIRKPATRICK-SANCHEZ, S. & IWATA, B.A. (1993). A comparison of shock intensity in the treatment of longstanding and severe self-injurious behavior. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 14, 207-219.
WEISS, J.M. (1967). A tail electrode for unrestrained rats. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 10 (1), 85-86. [PDF] DUKER, P.C. & SEYS, D.M. (1996). Long-term use of electrical aversion treatment with self-injurious behaviors. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 17, 293-301.
GIBBON, J. (1967). Discriminated punishment : avoidable and unavoidable shock. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 10 (5), 10, 451-460. [PDF] PRABHAKAR, T. & JOB, R.F.S. (1996). The effects of order of shock durations on helplessness in rats. Animal Learning & Behavior, 24, 175-182.
RACHLIN, H. (1967). The effect of shock intensity on concurrent and single key responding in concurrent- chain schedules. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 10 (1), 87-93. [PDF]  
SELIGMAN, M.E.P. & MAIER, S.F. (1967). Failure to escape traumatic shock. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 74 (1), 1-9. [PDF]  
AZRIN, N.H., HUTCHISON, R.R. & HAKE, D.F. (1967). Attack, avoidance, and escape reactions to aversive shock. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 10(2), 131-148. [PDF]  
SELIGMAN, M.E.P. & MAIER, S.F. (1967). Failure to escape traumatic shock. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 74, 1-9.  
POWELL, J. & AZRIN, N. (1968). The effects of shock as a punisher for cigarette smoking. Journal of Applied Psychology, 1 (1), 63-71. [PDF]  
KELLEHER, R.T. & MORSE, W.H. (1968). Schedules using noxious stimuli. III. Responding maintained with response-produced electric shocks. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 11 (6), 819-838. [PDF]  
MILLER, R.R. & MISANIN, J.R. (1969). Critique of electroconvulsive shock-induced retrograde amnesia : Analysis of the familiarization effect. Communications in Behavioral Biology, 4, 255-256.  
GALEF, B.G. (1970). Familiarity of target location as a factor in the shock-associated aggression of wild rats. Psychonomic Science, 19, 299-300. PERONE, M. & CRAWFORD, E. (1999). The role of intermittent shock postponement in reinforcement by timeout from avoidance. Mexican Journal of Behavior Analysis, 25, 329-340.
MILLER, R.R. (1970). Effects of environmental complexity on amnesia induced by electroconvulsive shock in the rat. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 71, 267-275.  
MILLER, R.R. SPRINGER, A.D. (1971). Temporal course of amnesia in rats after electroconvulsive shock. Physiology & Behavior, 6, 229-233. DUKER, P.C. & SEYS, D.M. (2000). A quasi-experimental study on the effect of electrical aversion treatment on imposed mechanical restraint for severe self-injurious behavior. Research in Developmental disabilities, 21, 235-242.
MISANIN, J.R., SMITH, N.F. & MILLER, R.R. (1971). Memory of electroconvulsive shock as a function of shock intensity and duration. Psychonomic Science, 22, 5-7. LINSCHEID, T.R. & REICHENBACH, H. (2002). Multiple factors in the long-term effectiveness of contingent electric shock treatment for self-injurious behavior : a case example. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 23, 161-177.
BAUMEISTER, A.A. & FOREHAND, R. (1972). Effects of contingent shock and verbal command on body rocking of retardates. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 28, 586-590. SALVY, S., MULICK, J.A, BUTTER, E., BARTLETT, R.K. & LINSCHEID, T.R. (2004). Contingent electric shock (SIBIS) and a conditioned punisher eliminate severe head banging in a preschool child. Behavioral Interventions, 19, 59-72.
LAMBERT, J.V., BERSH, P.J., HINELINE, P.N. & SMITH, G.D. (1973). Avoidance conditioning with shock contingent upon the avoidance response. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 19 (2), 361-367. [PDF] REED, P. & YOSHINO, T. (2008). Effect of contingent auditory stimuli on concurrent schedule performance: An alternative punisher to electric shock. Behavioural Processes, 78, 421-428.
b
Voir aussi Thérapie électroconvulsive
 
Deci Edward L. (1942-) : Psychosociologue américain. Il a développé une théorie de la motivation (self-determination theory) en collaboration avec Ryan. Collaborateur de Grolnick, Ryan, Vallerand et Vroom.
DECI, E.L. & RYAN, R.M. (1987). The support of autonomy and the control of behavior. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 53 (6), 1024-1037.
DECI, E.L., VALLERAND, R.J., PELLETIER, L.G. & RYAN, R.M. (1991). Motivation and education : The self-determination perspective. The Educational Psychologist, 26, 325-346. [PDF]
DECI, E.L., KOESTNER, R. & RYAN, R.M. (1999). A meta-analytic review of experiments examining the effects of extrinsic rewards on intrinsic motivation. Psychological Bulletin, 125, 627-668. [PDF]
DECI, E.L. & RYAN, R.M. (2000). The «what» and «why» of goal pursuits : Human needs and the self-determination of behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11 (4), 227-268. [PDF]
DECI, E.L. & RYAN, R.M. (2008). Self-determination theory : A macrotheory of human motivation, development, and health. Canadian Psychology, 49 (3), 182-185. [PDF]
Décider/Décision (Prise de...) : La décision est le le produit ou le résultat d'un processus de réflexion, qui peut se faire tant sur le plan individuel que collectif (groupe). Ce processus est l'ensemble des étapes que franchit un organisme (ou un groupe) avant d'émettre un comportement, donc d'agir. Ces étapes varient beaucoup selon les modèles, mais habituellement, en conditions idéales, elles consistent à recueillir des renseignements sur la situation et ses acteurs, à analyser ces informations à la lumière du contexte, des traditions et autres façons de faire propres à la situation, à analyser les choix disponibles en tenant compte des contraintes du moment, à juger des conséquences possibles à court/moyen/long terme, et enfin, à prendre une décision. Décision, pouvoir et leader. = processus de décision, faire un choix. Decision, decision making.
  BLACK, D. (1948). On the rationale of group decision-making. Journal of Political Economy, 56, 23-34. HIGGINS, E.T. (2000). Making a good decision : Value from fit. American Psychologist, 55 (11), 1217-1230.
TANNER, W.P., WILSON, P. & SWETS, J.A. (1954). A decision-making theory of visual detection. Psychological Review, 61, 401-409. GRANT, S., CONTOREGGI, C. & LONDON, E.D. (2000). Drug abusers show impaired performance in a laboratory test of decision making. Neuropsychologia, 38, 1180-1187.
WOODHEAD, M.M. (1959). Effect of brief, loud noise on decision making. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 31, 1329-1331. ISEN, A.M. (2000). Positive affect and decision making. In M. Lewis & J. M. Haviland-Jones (Ed.), Handbook of emotions (pp. 417-435). New York : Guilford.
LOGAN, F.A. (1965). Decision making by rats : Delay versus amount of reward. Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology, 59, 246-251. GEVA, N., MAYHAR, J. & SKORICK, J.M. (2000). The cognitive calculus of foreign policy decision making : An experimental assessment. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 44 (4), 447-471.
NEVIN, J.A. (1965). Decision theory in studies of discrimination in animals. Science, 150, 1057. FISHER-LOKOU, J. & GUÉGUEN, N. (2001). Impact of a mediator, mutual representation of the negociators and decision making in a dyad : evaluation in the case of computer-mediated-communication. Studia Psychologica, 43 (1), 13-21. [PDF]
PEPITONE, A. (1967). Motivations in decision making. Transactions of the New York Academy of Sciences, 29 (7), 920-934. SLOVIC, P. (2001). Psychological study of human judgment : Implications for investment decision making. The Journal of Psychology & Financial Markets, 2, 160-172.
BONEAU, C.A. & COLE, J.L. (1967). Decision theory, the pigeon, and the psychophysical function. Psychological Review, 74, 123-135. BAZERMAN, M.H. (2001). The study of «real» decision making. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 14, 353-355.
LOWIN, A. (1968). Participative decision making : A model, literature critique, and prescriptions for research. Organizational Behavior & Human Performance 3, 68-106. ISEN, A.M. (2001). An influence of positive affect on decision making in complex situations : Theoretical issues with practical implications. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 11 (2), 75-85. [PDF]
EINHORN, H.J. (1970). The use of non linear noncompensatory models in decision making. Psychological Bulletin, 73, 221-230. ARIELY, D. & ZAKAY, D. (2001). A timely account of the role of duration in decision making. Acta Psychologica, 108, 187-207. [PDF]
ALLISON, G.T. (1971). Essence of decision: explaining the Cuban missile crisis. Boston : Little Brown. Bern, D.J. (1972). Self-perception theory. In L. Berkowitz (Ed.). Advances in experimental social psychology (Vol. 6). New York : Academic Press.  
BROADBENT, D.E. (1971). Decision and stress. London : Academic Press.  BAZERMAN, M.H. (2001). The study of «real» decision making. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 14, 353-355.
LEE, W. (1971). Decision theory and human behavior. New York : Wiley. RUSSO, J.E. & SCHOEMAKER, P.J. (2002). Winning decisions. New York, NY : Doubleday.
VROOM, V.H. (1972). Some descriptive studies of participation in decision-making. Pittsburgh : Carnegie-Mellon University, Graduate School of Industrial Administration. BUSEMEYER, J.R. & STOUT, J.C. (2002). A contribution of cognitive decision models to clinical assessment : Decomposing performance on the Bechara gambling task. Psychological Assessment, 14, 253-262. [PDF]
RAPOPORT, A. & WALLSTEN, T.S. (1972). Individual decision behavior. Annual Review of Psychology, 23, 131-176. DIEDERICH, A. (2003). Decision making under conflict: Decision time as a measure of conflict strength. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 10 (1),167-175.
VROOM, V.H. & YETTON, P.W. (1973). Leadership and decision-making. Pittsburgh PA : University of Pittsburgh Press. HSEE, C.K., ZHANG, J., YU, F. & XI, Y. (2003). Lay rationalism and inconsistency between predicted experience and decision. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 16, 257-272. [PDF]
VROOM, V.H. & JAGO, A.G. (1974). Decision making as a social process/Leadership and decision making. Decision Sciences, 5, 743-755. [PDF] BORNSTEIN, G., KUGLER, T. & ZIEGELMEYER, A. (2004). Individual and group decisions in the centipede game : Are groups more "rational" players ? Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 40, 599-605.
MOSCOVICI S. & DOISE W. (1974), Decision Making in Groups, InC. Nemeth (Ed.), Social psychology, classes and contemporary integrations (pp. 250-287). Chicago : Rand McNally. KERR. L. & TINDALE, R.S. (2004). Group performance and decision making. Annual Review of Psychology, 55, 623-655. [PDF]
EINHORN, H.J. & HOGARTH, R.M. (1975). Unit weighting schemes for decision making. Organizational Behavior & Human Performance, 13, 171-192. STEWART, N. CHATER, N. & BROWN, G.D.A. (2006). Decision by sampling. Cognitive Psychology, 53, 1-26. [PDF]
RAPOPORT, A. (1975). Research paradigms for studying decision behavior. In D. Wendt & C.A.J. Vlek (Eds.), Utility, probability, and human decision making (pp. 349-369). Dordrecht, Holland : D. Reidel. MINTZ, A. (2004). How do leaders make decisions ? A poliheuristic perspective. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 48 (1), 3-13. [PDF]
HOGARTH, R.M. (1975). Decision time as a function of task complexity. In D. Wendt & C. Vlek (Eds.), Utility, probability, and human decision making (pp. 321-338). Dordrecht, Holland : Reidel. GARON, N. & MOORE, C. (2004). Complex decision-making in early childhood. Brain & Cognition, 55 (1), 158-170.
VROOM, V.H. (1977). The social structure of decision making. New Haven, Connecticut : School of Organization and Management, Yale University. FISHER-LOKOU, J., GUÉGUEN, N. & LÉPY N. (2004). Effets de la communication par réseaux informatiques versus en face-à-face sur la représentation réciproque des négociateurs et leur prise de décision. Bulletin de Psychologie, 57 (5), 525-533. [PDF]
EINCHORN, H.J. & HOGARTH R.M. (1978). Behavioral decision theory : Processes of judgment and choice. Annual Review of Psychology, 32, 53-88. [PDF] THAGARD, P. (2004). Causal inference in legal decision making : Explanatory coherence vs. Bayesian networks. Applied Artificial Intelligence, 18, 231-249. [PDF]
NEZU, A. & D’ZURILLA, T.J. (1979). An experimental evaluation of the decision-making process in social problem solving. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 3, 269-277. THAGARD, P.R. (2004). Spiking Phineas Gage: A neurocomputational theory of cognitive-affective integration in decision making. Psychological Review 111, 67-79. [PDF]
DAWES, R.M. (1979). The robust beauty of improper linear models in decision making. American Psychologist, 34 (7), 571-582. [PDF] HSEE, C.K. & ZHANG, J. (2004). Distinction bias : Misprediction and mischoice due to joint evaluation. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 86, 680-695. [PDF]
KAHNEMAN, D. & TVERSKY, A. (1979). Prospect theory : an analysis of decision under risk. Econometrica, 47, 263-291.  DIJKTERHUIS, A. (2004). Think different : The merits of unconscious thought in preference development and decision making. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 87, 586-598. [PDF]
HOGARTH, R.M., MICHAUD, C. & MERY, J.-L. (1980). Decision behavior in urban development : A methodological approach and substantive consideration. Acta Psychologica, 45, 95-117. SCHWARZ, N. (2004). Metacognitive experiences in consumer judgment and decision making. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 14 (4), 332-348. [PDF]
TVERSKY, A. & KAHNEMAN, D. (1981). The framing of decisions and the psychology of choice. Science, 211, 453-458. GOERTZ, G. (2004). Constraints, compromises, and decision making. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 48 (1), 14-37.
HOGARTH, R.M. & MAKRIDAKIS, S. (1981). The value of decision making in a complex environment : An experimental approach. Management Science, 27 (1), 93-107.  
JANIS, I.L. (1982). Groupthink : Psychological studies of policy decisions and fiascoes. Boston : Houghton Mifflin. FRANKEN, I.H.A. & MURIS, P. (2005). Individual differences in decision-making. Personality & individual differences, 39, 991-998. [PDF]
ISEN, A.M. & MEANS, B. (1983). The influence of positive affect on decision-making strategy. Social Cognition, 2, 18-31.  
PITZ, G.F. & SACHS, N.J. (1984). Judgment and decision. Annual Review of Psychology, 35, 139-163. [PDF] FINUCANE, M.L., MERTZ, C.K., SLOVIC, P. & SCHMIDT, E.S. (2005). Task complexity and older adults’ decision-making competence. Psychology & Aging, 20, 71-84.
KONECNI, V.J. & EBBESEN, E.B. (1984). The mythology of legal decision-making. International Journal of Law & Psychiatry, 7, 5-18. [PDF]  
HARRISON, J.R. & MARCH, J.G. (1984). Decision making and postdecision surprises. Administrative Science Quarterly, 29, 26-42. BIRBAUM, M.H. (2005). New paradoxes of risky decision making. Fullerton : Mimeo California State University.
HOGARTH, R.M. & KUNREUTHER, H. (1985). Ambiguity and insurance decisions. American Economic Review, 75 (2), 386-390.  
EINCHORN, H.J. & HOGARTH, R.M. (1986). Decision making under ambiguity. Journal of Business, 59 (S4), 225-250. PETERS, E., VÄSTJFÄLL, D., GÄRLING, T. & SLOVIC, P. (2006). Affect and decision making : A "hot" topic. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 19, 79-85. [PDF]
EINCHORN, H.J. & HOGARTH, R.M. (1988). Decision making under ambiguity : A note. Risk, Decision and Rationality Theory & Decision Library, 9, 327-336. ZHANG, J., HSEE C.K. & XIAO, Z. (2006). The majority rule in individual decision making. Organizational Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 99, 102-111. [PDF]
PENNINGTON, N. & HASTIE, R. (1988). Explanation-based decision making : effects of memory structure on judgment. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 14, 521-533.  
SAMUELSON, W. & ZECKHAUSER, R. (1988). Status quo bias in decision making. Journal of Risk and Uncertainty, 1(1), 7-59. ARIELY, D. & LOWENSTEIN, G. (2006). The heat of the moment : The effect of sexua larousal on sexual decision making. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 19, 87-98. [PDF]
EINHORN, H.J. & HOGARTH, R.M. (1988). Behavioral decision theory; processes of judgment and choice. In D. Bell, H. Raiffa & A. Tversky (Eds.), Decision making, descriptive, normative, and prescriptive interactions (pp. 113-146). Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. SNIJKERS, G., BERKENBOSCH, B. & LUPPES, M. (2007). Understanding the decision to participate in a business. Survey. Papers presented at the ICES-III, 1048-1059. [PDF]
HOGARTH, R.M. (1989). Ambiguity and competitive decision making : Some implications and tests. Annals of Operations Research, 19, 31-50. DANE, E. & PRATT, M.G. (2007). Exploring intuition and its role in managerial decision making. Academy of Management Review, 32 (1), 33-54.
WOOD, R.E. & BANDURA, A. (1989). Impact of conceptions of ability on self-regulatory mechanisms and complex decision making. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 56, 407-415. [PDF] RATCLIFF, R. & McKOON, G. (2008). The diffusion decision model : Theory and data for two-choice decision tasks. Neural Computation, 20, 873-922. [PDF]
PERKINS, W.S. & REYNA, V.F. (1990). The effects of expertise on preference and typicality in investment decision making. Advances in Consumer Research, 17, 1-6. WANG, Y. & RUHE, G. (2007). The cognitive process of decision making. International Journal of Cognitive Informatics & Natural Intelligence, 1 (2), 73-85. [PDF]
HOGARTH, R.M. & EINHORN, H.J. (1990). Venture theory : A model of decision weights. Management Science, 36 (7), 780-803.  
YATES, J.F. (1990). Judgment and decision making. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Prentice-Hall. TSAI, I. & HSEE, C.K. (2008). A Behavioral model of compensation decisions. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 21 1-15. [PDF]
PRELEC, D. & LOEWENSTEIN, G. (1991). Decision making over time and under uncertainty : A common approach. Management Science, 37, 770 -786. COHEN, J.D., McCLURE S.M. & YU, A.J. (2007). Should I stay or should I go ? How the brain manages the trade-off between exploitation and exploration. Philosophical Transactions of Royal Society B, 362, 933-942. [PDF]
GOLTZ, S. (1992). A sequential learning analysis of decisions in organizations to escalate investments despite continuing costs or losses. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 25 (3), 561-574. [PDF]  
PENNINGTON, N. & HASTIE, R. (1992). Explaining the evidence: tests of the story model for juror decision making. Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 62, 189-206.  
PAYNE, J.W., BETTMAN, J.R., & JOHNSON, E.J. (1992). Behavioral decision research : a constructive process perspective. Annual Review of Psychology, 43, 87-131.  
KUNREUTHER, H. & HOGARTH, R.M. (1992). How does ambiguity affect insurance decisions ? G. Dionne (Ed.), Contributions to insurance economics (pp. 307-324). Boston, MA : Kluwer Academic Publishers.  
HOGARTH, R.M. (1993). Accounting for decisions and decisions for accounting. Accounting, Organizations & Society, 18 (5), 407-424.  
MINTZ, A. (1993). The decision to attack Iraq : A noncompensatory theory of decision making. Journal of Conflict Resolution 37 (4), 595-618.  
ISEN, A.M. (1993). Positive affect and decision making. In M. Lewis & J. Haviland (Eds.), Handbook of emotion (pp. 261-277). New York : Guilford.  
PLOUS, S. (1993). The psychology of judgment and decision making. New York : McGraw-Hill. BAZERMAN, M.H. & MOORE, D.A. (2008). Judgment in managerial decision making. John Wiley and Sons.
BUSEMEYER, J. & TOWNSEND, J.T. (1993). Decision field theory: A dynamic-cognitive approach to decision making. Psychological Review, 100 (3), 432-459. BAZERMAN, M.H. & MOORE, D.A. (2008). Judgment in managerial decision making. John Wiley and Sons.
SCHANK, R.C. & LANGER, E. (Eds.) (1994), Beliefs, reasoning and decision-making : Psychologic in honor of Robert Abelson. New Jersey : Erlbaum Publishing. BIRNBAUM, M.H. (2008). New paradoxes of risky decision making. Psychological Review, 115 (2), 463-501. [PDF]
FORD, R.C. & RICHARDSON, W.D. (1994). Ethical decision making : A review of the empirical literature. Journal of Business Ethics, 13, 205-221.  
POULTON, E.C. (1994). Behavioral decision theory : A new approach. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. KRAMER, R.M., TENBRUNSEL, A. & BAZERMAN, M.H. (Eds.) (2009). Social decision making : Social dilemmas, social values, and ethical judgments. New York : Psychology Press.
KUDER, J.M. (1995). The current environment for medical decision making: Alternative efficiency concepts and decision motivation. Motivation & Emotion, 19, 221-236.  
CAMERER, C. (1995). Individual decision making. In The handbook of experimental economics. Princeton University Press.  
KUNREUTHER, H., MESZAROS, J., HOGARTH, R.M. & SPRANCA, M. (1995). Ambiguity and underwriter decision processes. Journal of Economic Behavior & Organization, 26 (3), 337-352. STEWART, N. (2009). Decision by sampling: the role of the decision environment in risky choice. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 62 (6), 1041-1062.
GALOTTI, K.M. (1995). A longitudinal study of real-life decision making : Choosing a college. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 9, 459-484. [PDF] WEBER, E.U. & JOHNSON, E.J. (2009). Mindful judgment and decision making. Annual Review of Psychology, 60, 53-85. [PDF]
NYGREN, T.E., ISEN, A.M., TAYLOR, P.J. & DULIN, J. (1996). The influence of positive affect on the decision rule in risk situations : Focus on outcome (and especially avoidance of loss) rather than probability. Organizational Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 66, 59-72.  
KAHN, B.E., GREENLEAF, E., IRWIN, J.R., ISEN, A.M., LEVIN, I.P., LUCE, M.F., PONTES, M.C.F., SHANTEAU, J., VANHUELE, M. & YOUNG, M.J. (1997). Examining medical decision making from a marketing perspective. Marketing Letters, 8, 361-375.  
GOLDSTEIN, W. & HOGARTH, R.M. (1997). Judgment and decision research : Some historical context. In Currents, connections and controversies (pp.3-65.). Cambridge University Press. MATTHEWS, G., PANGANIBAN, A.R., & HUDICK, E. (2011). Anxiety and selective attention to threat in tactical decision-making. Personality & Individual Differences, 50, 949-954.
YATES, J.F. & ESTIN, P.A. (1998). Decision making. In W. Bechtel & G. Graham (Eds.), A companion to cognitive science (pp. 186-196). Malden, MA : Blackwell. SHEN, L., HSEE, C.K., WU, Q. & TSAI, C. (2011). Overprediction and under-pricing in pricing decisions. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, DOI: 10.1002/bdm.746 [PDF]
RATCLIF, R. & ROUDER, J.N. (1998). Modeling response times for two-choice decisions. Psychological Science, 9, 347-356. [PDF] STÜGGEN, M.C., YILDIZ, A. & GÜNTÜRÜN, O. (2011). Adaptive criterion setting in perceptual decision making. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 96 (2), 155-176. [PDF]
FANTINO, E. (1998). Judgment and decision making : Behavioral approaches. The Behavior Analyst, 21, 203-218. YANG, A., HSEE, C.K., LIU, Y. & ZHANG, L. (2011). The supremacy of singular subjectivity : Improving consumer decisions by removing specifications and comparisons. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 21, 393-404. [PDF]
DAWES, R.M. (1998). Behavioral decision making, judgment, and inference. In D. Gilbert, S. Fiske & G. Lindzey (Eds.), The handbook of social psychology (pp. 589-597). Boston, MA : McGraw-Hill. RAUHUT, H. & LORENZ, J. (2011). The wisdom of crowds in one mind : How individuals can simulate the knowledge of diverse societies to reach better decisions. Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 55 (2), 191-197. [PDF]
GEVA, N. & SKORICK, J.M. (1999). Information inconsistency and the cognitive algebra of foreign policy decision making. International Interactions. Empirical & Theoretical Research in International Relations, 25 (4), 333-362.  
ZWICK, R., EREV, I. & BUDESCU, D. (1999). The psychological and economical perspectives on human decisions in social and interactive contexts. In D. Budescu, I. Erev and R. Zwick (Eds.), Games and Human Behavior: Essays in honor of Amnon Rapoport. (pp. 3-20). Lawrence Erlbaum Associates : New Jersey. [PDF] PENNER, M.R. & MIZUMORI, J.Y. (2012). Neural systems analysis of decision making during goal-directed navigation. Progress in Neurobiology, 96, 96-135. [PDF]
HSEE, C.K. (1999). Value-seeking and prediction-decision inconsistency. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 6, 555-561. [PDF] LEFEBVRE, R. & FRANKE, V. (2013). Culture matters : Individualism vs. collectivism in conflict decision-making. Societes, 3, 128-146. [PDF]
Voir aussi Pouvoir, Leader, Juger, Résolution de problème, PDG et Choisir
 

Les Kennedy en réflexion
 
Décision (de groupe) : Voir Groupe.
Decision Sciences : Revue scientifique multidisciplinaire. Éditeur : Wiley.
YELLE, L.E. (1979). The learning curve : Historical review and comprehensive survey. Decision Sciences, 10 (2), 302-328.

Décision statistique : Décision qui se fonde sur le hasard pour inférer l'existence d'une relation entre deux variables. La décision statistique consiste à postuler l'existence d'un lien entre X et Y s'il s'avère que ce lien a une probabilité très faible d'être attribué au hasard.

Décision/Condition//Analyse SI... DONC...
Je ne rejette pas l'hypothèse nulle... P > 0.05 % X n'influence pas Y
Je rejette l'hypothèse nulle... P < 0.05 % X influence Y

 
Déclaration des 52 : Manifeste rédigé par Gottfredson et signé par un groupe de 52 psychologues spécialisés dans l'étude de l'intelligence - le groupe des 52 - qui appuient l'essentiel des conclusions du livre The Bell curve de Herrnstein et Murray. N.D.L.R. Il convient de préciser que les dites conclusions ne sont pas partagées par tous les psychologues. = manifeste du groupe des 52. Mainstream Science on Intelligence.
  GOTTFREDSON, L. (1997). Mainstream science on intelligence. Intelligence, 24 (1), 13-23. [PDF]
 
Les 52 signataires
Richard D. Arvey Robert Hogan R. Travis Osborne
Thomas J. Bouchard Joseph L. Horn Robert Perloff
John B. Carroll Lloyd G. Humphreys Robert Plomin
Raymond B. Cattell John E. Hunter Cecil R. Reynolds
David B. Cohen Seymour W. Itzkoff David C. Rowe
Rene V. Dawis Douglas N. Jackson J. Philippe Rushton
Douglas K. Detterman James J. Jenkins Vincent Sarich
Marvin Dunnette Arthur R. Jensen Sandra Scarr
Hans Eysenck Alan S. Kaufman Frank L. Schmidt
Jack Feldman Nadeen L. Kaufman Lyle F. Schoenfeldt
Edwin A. Fleishman Timothy Z. Keith James C. Sharf
Grover C. Gilmore Nadine Lambert Herman H. Spitz
Robert A. Gordon J.C. Loehlin Julian C. Stanley
Linda S. Gottfredson David Lubinski Del Thiessen
Robert L. Greene David T. Lykken Lee A. Thompson
Richard J. Haier Richard Lynn Robert L. Thorndike
Garrett Hardin Paul E. Meehl Philip Anthony Vernon
    Lee Willerman
 
Déclencheur (stimulus) : Tout objet ou stimulus qui active un mécanisme inné de déclenchement chez tous les individus d'une espèce (ou du genre d'une espèce). = stimulus-signe, stimulus-déclencheur.

 
 
Déclin cognitif : Voir Cognition (déclin de la...). Cognitive decline.

Déclin de la mémoire : Voir Mémoire (déclin de la...). Cognitive decline.
Décodage : Voir Encodage ou Théorie de l'information ou Modèle de Shannon et Weaver.
Décolonisation : Voir Colonisation.
Décompensation : En psychanalyse, comportement pathologique, souvent violent, qui résulte d'un fonctionnement inadéquat des mécanismes de défense. Decompensation.

 
Décomposer : Habileté cognitive qui consiste à décomposer les mots en phonèmes. Décomposer, méthode syllabique et conscience phonémique. Segmentation, phonological segment, phoneme segmentations.

  LIBERMAN, I.Y., SHANKWEILER, D., FISCHER, F.W. & CARTER, B.J. (1974). Explicit syllable and phoneme segmentation in the young child. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 18, 201-212. COUSS, G., SHANKWEILER, D, LIBERMAN, I.T., KATZ, L. & TOLA. G. (1988). A wareness of phonological segments and reading ability in Italian children. Applied Psycholinguistics, 9, 1-16.
CONTENT, A., KOLINSKY, R., MORAIS, J. & BERTELSON, P. (1986). Phonetic segmentation in pre-readers: Effects of corrective information. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 42, 49-72. LUNDBERG, I. & HÖIEN, T. (1991). Initital enabling knowledge and skills in reading acquisition: Print awareness and phonological segmentation. In D.J. Sawyer & B.J. Fox (Eds.), Phonological awareness in reading : The evolution of current perspectives (pp. 73-95). New York : Springer-Verlag.
TUNMER, W.E. & NESDALE, A.R. (1986). Phonemic segmentation skill and beginning reading. Journal of Educational Psychology, 77, 417-427. WEBSTER, P. & PLANTE, A. (1992). Effects of phonological impairment on word, syllable and phoneme segmentation and reading. Language, Speech, & Hearing Services in Schools, 23, 176-182.
SAMUELS, S.J. (1988). Decoding and automaticity at word recognition. The Reading Teacher, 41 (1), 113-116. BECK, I.L. & JUEL, C. (1995). The role of decoding in learning to read. American Educator, 19, 8-42.
Voir aussi Conscience phonologique, Phonème et Conscience phonémique
Découverte scientifique : Explication ou phénomène nouveau, dont la validité ou l'existence fait consensus au sein de la communauté scientifique, et dont la valeur heuristique est élevée. Découverte, Théorie et révolution scientifique. = solution. Scientific discovery, research finding, scientific innovation.

  POPPER, K. (1934/1984). Logique de la découverte scientifique. Paris : Payot. BOWERS, K., REGEHR, G., BALTHAZARD, C. & PARKER, K. (1990). Intuition in the context of discovery. Cognitive Psychology, 22, 72-110.
  DUNBAR, K & SCHUUN, C.D. (1990). The temporal nature of scientific discovery: The roles of priming and analogy. In Proceedings of the 12th annual meeting of the Cognitive science Society . Erlbaum : Hillsdale, New Jersey
  QIN, Y. & SIMON, H.A. (1990). Laboratory replication of scientific discovery processes. Cognitive Science, 14, 281-312. [PDF]
MERTON, R.K. (1957). Priorities in scientific discovery. American Sociological Review, 22 (6), 635-659. LOFTUS, E.F. & CECI, S.J. (1991). Research findings : What do they mean ? In J.L. Doris (Ed.), The suggestibility of children's recollections. Washington, D.C. : American Psychological Association.
  HAMOIR, G. (1992). The discovery of meiosis by E. Van Beneden, a breakthrough in the morphological phase of heredity. International Journal of Developmental Biology, 36, 9-15. [PDF]
HANSON, N.R. (1958). Patterns of discovery : An inquiry into the conceptual foundations of science. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. DUNBAR, K. (1993). Concept discovery in a scientific domain. Cognitive Science, 17, 397-434. [PDF
MERTON, R.K. (1961). Singletons and multiples in scientifc discovery. American Sociological Review, 105 (5), 470-486. DURU-BELLAT, M. (1994). La «découverte» de la variable sexe et ses implications théoriques dans la sociologie de l’éducation française contemporaine. Nouvelles questions féministes, 15, 35-68.
  BRANNIGAN, A. (1996). Le fondement social des découvertes scientifiques. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France
  WILCOX, R.R. (1998). How many discoveries have been lost by ignoring modern statistical methods ? American Psychologist, 53, 300-314. [PDF]
MERTON, R.K. (1963). Resistance to the systematic study of multiple discoveries in science. Archives Européenne de Sociologie, 4 (2), 237-282. CHANDRASEKHARAN, S. (2009). Building to discover : A common coding model. Cognitive Science, 33 (6), 1059- 1086.
GINGERICH, O. (Ed.) (1975).The nature of scientific discovery. Washington, DC : Smithsonian Institution Press. SULLOWAY, F.J. (2009). Sources of scientific innovation : A meta-analytic approach (commentary on Simonton, 2009). Perspectives on Psychological Science, 4, 455-459.
LANGLEY, P., SIMON, H.,BRADHSAW, G. & ZYTKOW, J. (1987). Scientific discovery. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. CHANDRASEKHARAN, S. & NERSESSIAN, N.J. (2011). Building cognition: The construction of external Representations for discovery. Proceedings of the Cognitive Science Society 33, 1-7.
SHAPIRO, D.A. (1989). A process of discovery. The Psychologist, 2, 153-154. WILCOX, R.R. CARLSON, M., AZEN, S. & CLARK, F. (2013). Avoid lost discoveries, due to violations of standard assumptions, by using modern robust statistical methods. Journal of Clinical Epidemiology, 66, 319-329.
Voir aussi Résolution de problème, Pensée scientifique, Raisonnement scientifique, Créativitè et Problème
 
Décriminalisation : Accorder un statut légal à une activité présentement considérée comme illégale et criminelle. Decriminalisation.

  AHMAD, K. (2001). Call for decriminalisation of prostitution in Asia. Lancet, 358, 643. [PDF]
Décrire/description : Est l'un des trois objectifs de la psychologie scientifique (et de toute science). Décrire consiste à énumérer les caractéristiques ou les propriétés d'un objet ou d'un phénomène, ainsi que le moment et le lieu où il apparaît. Pour décrire un objet, il faut d'abord l'observer. Il existe plusieurs niveaux de description d'un phénomène. Décrire, expliquer et contrôler. Description.

  BIJOU, S.W., PETERSEN, R.F. & AULT, M.H. (1968). A method to integrate descriptive and field studies at the level of data and concepts. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1 (2), 175-191. [PDF]
BLURTON JONES, N.G. & WOODSON, R.H. (1979). Describing behavior : The ethologist's perspective. In M. Lamb, S. Soumi & G. Stephenson (Eds.), The study of social interaction (pp. 97-118). Reading : The University of Wisconsin Press.
BEKOFF, M. (1979). Behavioral acts : Description, classification, ethogram analysis and measurement. In R.B. Cairns (Ed.), The analysis of social interactions (pp. 67-80). Hillsdale N.J. : Erlbaum.
REESE, H.W. (1999). Explanation is not description. Behavioral Development Bulltetin, 8 (1), 3-7. [PDF]
McINTYRE, L.C. (2004). Redescription and descriptivism in the social sciences. Behavior & Philosophy, 32, 453-464. [PDF]
HANLEY, G.P., CAMMILLERI, A.P., TIGER, J.H. & INGVARSSON, E.T. (2007). A method for describing preschoolers' activity preferences. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 40 (4), 603-618. [PDF]
TONNEAU, F. (2008). The concept of reinforcement: explanatory or descriptive ? Behavior & Philosophy, 36, 87-96. [PDF]
Voir aussi Méthode descriptive
Décrochage scolaire : Abandon volontaire de l'école. Décrochage scolaire, dédoublement et échec scolaire. = abandon scolaire. /persévérance scolaire. School dropout, student attrition.
  CLARK, M., LACCHOWITZ, J. & WOLFF, M.M. (1968). A pilot basic education program for school drop-outs incorporating a token reinforcement system. Behavior Research & Therapy, 6, 183-188. JANOSZ, M., LEBLANC, M., BOULERICE, B. & TREMBLAY, R.E. (2000). Predicting different types of school dropout : A typological approach on two longitudinal samples. Journal of Educational Psychology, 92 (1), 171-190.
KATZELL, M.E. (1968). Expectations and dropouts in schools of nursing. Journal of Applied Psychology, 72, 393-400. THÉORÊT, M., GARON, R. et HRIMECH, M. (2000). Évaluation d'une intervention de mentorat visant à réduire le risque d'abandon scolaire. Revue Canadienne de Psychoéducation, 29 (1), 65-86.
SPADY, W.G. (1971). Dropouts from higher education : Toward an empirical model. Interchange, 2, 38-62.  
TINTO, V. (1975). Dropout from higher education : A theoretical synthesis of recent research. Review of Educational Research, 45, 89-125. RENZULLI, J.S. & PARK, S. (2000). Gifted dropouts : The who and the why. Gifted Child Quarterly, 44 (4), 261-271. [PDF]
TINTO, V. (1982). Limits of theory and practice in student attrition. Journal of Higher Education, 53 (6), 687-700. [PDF] JIMERSON, S.R., EGELAND, B., SROUFE, L.A. & CARLSON, E. (2000). A prospective longitudinal study of high school dropouts : Examining multiple predictors across development. Journal of School Psychology, 38 (6), 525-549.
TINTO, V. (1983). Defining dropout : A matter of perspective. In E. Pascarella (Ed), Studying student retention. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass Inc.  
CATTERALL, J. (1987). On the social costs of dropping out of school. High School Journal, 71, 19-30. WALKER, D.A. & SCHULTZ, A.M. (2001). Reaching for diversity : Recruiting and retaining Mexican-American students . College Student Retention Research, Theory & Practice, 2, 313-325.
TINTO, V. (1987). Leaving college: Rethinking the cause and cures of student attrition. Chicago, IL : Presses de l'Université de Chicago.  
TERRILL, R. (1988). Abandon scolaire au collégial. Une analyse de profil des décrocheurs. Montréal : Service régional d’admission du Montréal métropolitain.  
FINE, M. (1989). Why urban adolescents drop out of public high school. Teachers College Record, 87, 393-409. JANOSZ, M. et DENIGE, M.A. (2001). Évaluation de programmes de prévention du décrochage scolaire pour adolescents de milieux défavorisés 1998-2000. rapport synthèse de recherche. Montréal : centre de recherche et d'Intervention sur la réussite Scolaire et Institut de recherche pour le Développement Social des Jeunes (IRDS).
CAIRNS, R., CAIRNS, B. & NECKERMAN, H. (1989). Early school dropout : Configurations and determinants. Child Development, 60, 1437-1452. JANOSZ, M., FALLU, J.S. et DENIGER, M.A. (2003). La prévention du décrochage scolaire : facteurs de risque et efficacité des programmes de prévention. Dans F. Vitaro et C. Gagnon (Édit.), La prévention des problèmes d'adaptation (Tome 2, pp. 177-199). Montréal : Les presses de l'Université du Québec à Montréal.
EVANS, I. & DIIBENEDETTO, A. (1990). Pathways to school drop- out: A conceptual model for early prevention. Special Services in School, 6, 63-80. LESSARD A. (2004). Le genre et l'abandon scolaire. Sherbrooke : Université de Sherbrooke.
TINTO, V. (1991). Student attrition in higher education. In B. Clark & G. Neave (Eds.), The encyclopedia of higher education. Oxford : Pergamon Press. HANDELSMAN, M.M., BRIGGS, W.L., SULLIVAN, N. & TO WYLER, A. (2005). A measure of college student course engagement. Journal of Educational Research, 98, 184.
CONNOLLY, S.J. MICKELWRIGHT, J. & NICKELL, S. (1992). The occupational success of young men who left school at sixteen. Oxford Economic Papers 44, 460-479. LOTKOWSKI, V.A., ROBBINS, S.B. & NOETH, R.J. (2004). The role of academic and non-academic factors in improving college retention : ACT policy report. Iowa City, IA : ACT Inc.
ENSMINGER, M. & SLUSARICK, A. (1992). Paths to high school graduation or dropout : A longitudinal study or a first grade cohort. Sociology of Education, 65, 95-113. ZHAO, C., KUH, G.D. & GARINI, R.M. (2005). A comparison of international student and American student engagement in effective educational practices. Journal of Higher Education, 76, 209-229.
VALLERAND, R.J. & SENÉCAL, C.B. (1992). Une analyse motivationnelle de l'abandon des études. Apprentissage et Socialisation, 15, 49-62. [PDF] JANOSZ, M. & LEBLANC, M. (2005). L'abandon scolaire à l'adolescence : des déterminants communs aux trajectoires multiples. Dans G. Brandibas et R. Fourasté (Eds.), Les accidentés de l'école. Paris : L'Harmattan.
TINTO, V. (1993). Leaving college : Rethinking the causes and cures of student attrition. Chicago : University of Chicago Press. TINTO, V. (2006). Research and practice of student retention : What Next?» College Student Retention : Research, Theory, and Practice, 8, 1-20.
PARENT, G., DUQUETTE, R. et CARRIER, J. (1993). Opinion des enseignants sur les causes du décrochage scolaire. Revue des Sciences de l’Éducation, 19 (3), 537-553. JANOSZ, M., QUIROGA C., JANOSZ, M. & MARCOTTE, D. (2006). Les sentiments dépressifs à l'adolescence : un facteur de risque différentiel du décrochage scolaire chez les filles et les garçons de milieu défavorisé. Revue de Psychoéducation, 35 (2), 277-300.
RUMBERGER, R.W. (1995). Dropping out of middle school : A multilevel analysis of students and schools. American Educational Research Journal, 32 (3), 583-625. GUIFFRIDA, D.A. (2006). Toward a cultural advancement of Tinto's theory. Review of Higher Education, 29, 451-472.
  QUIROGA C., JANOSZ, M. et MARCOTTE, D. (2006). Les sentiments dépressifs à l'adolescence : un facteur de risque différentiel du décrochage scolaire chez les filles et les garçons de milieu défavorisé. Revue de Psychoéducation, 35 (2), 277-300.
RIVIÈRE, B. (1996). Le décrochage au collégial : le comprendre et le prévenir. Laval : Éditions Beauchemin. HRIMECH, M. et THÉORÊT, M. (2007). Analyse de facteurs personnels reliés à la problématique de l'abandon scolaire des garçons et des filles au Québec. In C. Solar et F. Kanouté (Dir.), Les défis de l'équité en éducation. Paris : L'Harmattan.
McNEAL, R. (1997). High school Dropouts : A closer examination of school effects. Social Science Quarterly, 78, 209-222. STEARNS, E., MOLLER, S., BLAU, J. & POTOCHNICK, S. (2007). Staying back and dropping out : The relationship between grade retention and school dropout. Sociology of Education, 80, 210-240
VALLERAND, R.J., FORTIER, M.S. & GUAY, F. (1997). Self-determination and persistence in areal-life setting : Toward a motivational model of high school dropout. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 72 (5), 1161-1176. PAGANI, L.S., VITARO, F., TREMBLAY, RE., McDUFF, P., JAPEL, C. & LAROSE, S. (2008). When predictions fail : The case of unexpected pathways toward high school dropout. Journal of Social Issues, 64 (1), 175-194
HRIMECH, M. et THÉORÊT, M. (1997). L’abandon scolaire au secondaire : une comparaison entre les élèves montréalais nés au Canada et ceux nés à l’étranger. Revue Canadienne de l’Éducation, 22 (1), 268-282. MARTINEZ J.A., SHER K. & WOOD, P.K. (2008). Is heavy drinking really associated with attrition from college ?: The alcohol-attrition paradox. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 22, 450-456. [PDF]
  WOLKE, D., WAYLEN, A., SAMARA, M., STEER, C., GOODMAN, R., FORD, T. & LAMBERTS, K. (2009). Selective drop-out in longitudinal studies and non-biased prediction of behaviour disorders. British Journal of Psychiatry, 195, 249-256.
JANOSZ, M., LELBLANC, M., BOULERICE, B. & TREMBLAY, R.E. (1997). Disentangling the weight of school dropout predictors: A test on two longitudinal samples. Journal of Youth & Adolescence, 26(6), 733-762. MARTINEZ, J.A., SHER, K.J., KRULL, J.L. & WOOD, P.K. (2009). Blue-collar scholars ? : Mediators and moderators of university attrition in first-generation college students. Journal of College Student Development, 50, 87-103. [PDF]
  VAN HEESCH, M.M.J., BOSMA, H., TRAAG, T. & OTTEN, F. (2012). Hospital admissions and school dropout : A retrospective cohort study of the "selection hypothesis". European Journal of Public Health, 22, 550-555.
  JANOSZ, M., PASCAL, S., BELLEAU, L., ARCHAMBAULT, I., PARENT, S. & PAGANI, L. (2013). Elementary school students at risk of dropping out of high school : Characteristics at 12 years of age and predictors at 7 years of age. Quebec Longitudinal Study of Child Development (QLCSD 1998-2010), 7 (2),
  WANG, M.T. & FREDRICKS, J.A. (2014). The reciprocal links between school engagement, youth problem behaviors, and school dropout during adolescence. Child Development, 85 (2), 722-737.
  DUPÉRÉ, V., LEVENTHAL, T., DION, E., CROSNOE, R., ARCHAMBAULT, I. & JANOSZ, M. (2015). Stressors and turning points in high school and dropout : A stress process, life course framework. Review of Educational Research, 85, 591-629. [PDF]
REISBERG, L. (1999). Colleges struggle to keep would-be dropouts enrolled. Chronicle of Higher Education, 8, 54-57. FITZPATRICK, C., ARCHAMBAULT, I., JANOSZ, M. & PAGANI, L. (2015). Early childhood working memory forecasts high school dropout risk. Intelligence, 53, 160-165. [PDF]
Voir aussi Échec scolaire et Persévérance scolaire
Décrochage (lors d'une conversation) : Incapacité de maintenir son attention ou d'intéragir avec autrui lors d'une conversation. On observe ce phénomème chez les gens qui sont sous médication (sédatif, anti-psychotique, etc.), les personnes âgées, ainsi que chez les personnes qui utilisent leur téléphone dit "intelligent" de manière compulsive. Décrochage et distraction.

   
De Cuyper Nele ( ) : Psychologue organisationnelle belge. Elle s'intéresse notamment aux effets psychologiques engendrés par la perte de son emploi. Collaboratrice De Witte, Näswall et Sverke.
DE CUYPER, N. & DE WITTE, H. (2005). Job insecurity : Mediator or moderator of the relationship between type of contract and various outcomes ? SA Journal of Industrial Pyschology, 31 (4), 79-86.
DE CUYPER, N. & DE WITTE, H. (2007). Job insecurity among temporary versus permanent workers : effects on job satisfaction, organizational commitment, life satisfaction and self-rated performance. Work & Stress, 21 (1), 65-84.
DE CUYPER, N., DE JONG, J., DE WITTE, H., ISAKSSON, K., RIGOTTI, T. & SCHALK, R. (2008). Review of theory and research on temporary employment. Towards a conceptual model. International Journal of Management Reviews, 10 (1), 25-51.
DE CUYPER, N., SORA, B., DE WITTE, H., CABALLER, A. & PEIRO, J.M. (2009). Organizations' use of temporary employment and a climate of job insecurity among Belgian and Spanish permanent workers. Economic & Industrial Democracy, 30 (4), 564-591.
DE CUYPER, N., DE WITTE, H., SVERKE, M., HELLEGREN, J. & NÄSWALL, K. (2014). Felt job insecurity and union membership: The case of temporary workers. Journal for General Social Issues, 23 (4), 577-591. [PDF]
Dédoublement de personnalité : Voir Identités multiples.
Déduction : Forme de raisonnement qui consiste à tirer une conclusion à partir de deux prémisses ou plus. Une déduction peut-être cohérente ou non. La conclusion d'une déduction est forcément vraie si les deux prémisses de départ sont vraies. = raisonnement hypothético-déductif, raisonnement de haut en bas. /induction. ( ): modus ponens, modus tollens. Deduction.

  JOHNSON-LAIRD, P. & BYRNE, R.M.J. (1991). Deduction. Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
CUMMINS, D.D. (1995). Naive theories and causal deduction. Memory & Cognition, 24, 646-658.
EVANS, J., NEWSTEAD, S.E. & BYRNE, R.M.J. (1993). Human reasoning : The psychology of deduction. Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum.
MARKOVITS, H. (2004). The development of deductive reasoning. In R.J. Sternberg & J.P. Leighton (Eds.), The nature of reasoning (pp. 313-338). Cambridge University Press.
Voir aussi Raisonnement
Déductionisme : Doctrine philosophique qui postule que la science, pour connaître son objet d'étude, doit procéder par déduction. Deductivism.

  GRÜNBAUM, A. & SALMON, W.C. (Eds.) (1988). The limitations of deductivism. Berkeley, CA : University of California Press.
Deese James Earle (Salt Lake City 1921-1999 Charlottesville) : Psychologue béhavioriste cognitif américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'apprentissage et du langage. Étudiant de Kellog. Collaborateur de Egeth, Hulse et Lazarus.
 DEESE, J.E. (1962). On the structure of associative meaning. Psychological Review, 69 (3), 161-175.
 DEESE, J.E. & HULSE, S.H. (1967). The psychology of learning. New York : McGraw-Hill.
 DEESE, J.E. (1969). The structure of associations in language and thought. Oxford, England : John Hopkins Press.
 DEESE, J.E. (1978). Thought into speech. American Scientist, 66 (3), 314-321.
 DEESE, J.E. (1989). The science of language and psychology. Journal of Social Behavior & Personality, 4 (3), 203-208.
 
 HULSE, S. (2000). James Earle Deese (1921-1999). : Obituary. American Psychologist, 55 (7), 760.
DÉFICIENCE - DÉFINITION - DEFRIES - DEG - DEH - DÉJA VU - DEL - DÉLINQUANCE - DÉMENCE - DEMENT - DEN
Défaite : Issue d'un duel, d'un conflit ou d'un combat qui engendre pour le perdant un désavantage, un désagrément, de la douleur, etc. On nomme perdant celui ou celle qui subit la défaite. Défaite, échec et dominance. = défaite, effet de la défaite. *échec. /victoire. Defeat, loser effects.

  BEAUGRAND, J.P., GOULET, C. & PAYETTE, D. (1991). Outcome of dyadic conflict in male green swordtail fish (Xiphophorus helleri) : Effects of body size and prior dominance. Animal Behaviour, 41, 187-194. BEAUGRAND, J.P., GOULET, C. & PAYETTE, D. (1991). Outcome of dyadic conflict in male green swordtail fish (Xiphophorus helleri) : Effects of body size and prior dominance. Animal Behaviour, 41, 187-194.
 DUGATKIN, L.A. (1997). Winner effects, loser effects and the structure of dominance hierarchies. Behavior Ecology, 8, 583-587. HSU, Y. & WOLF, L.L. (2001). The winner and loser effect : what fighting behaviours are influenced ? Animal Behaviour, 61, 777-786. [PDF]
HSU, Y. & WOLF, L.L. (1999). The winner and loser effect : integrating multiple experiences. Animal Behaviour, 57, 903-910. [PDF] DUGATKIN, L.A. & EARLY, R.L. (2004). Individual recognition, dominance hierarchies and winner and looser effect. Proceedings of the Royal Society B : Biological Sciences, 271, 1537-1540. [PDF]
 MESTERTON-GIBBONS, M. (1999). On the evolution of pure winner and loser effects : a game-theoretic model. Bulletin of Mathematical Biology, 61, 1151-1186. LARSEN, J.T., McGRAW, A.P., MELLERS, B.A. & CACIOPPO, J.T. (2004). The agony of victory and the thrill of defeat : Mixed emotional reactions to disappointing wins and relieving losses. Psychological Science, 15, 325-330. [PDF]
Voir aussi Échec et Victoire
Défavorisation : Voir Milieu défavorisé.
Défection : Comportement qui consiste à quitter ou à abandonner son groupe de référence. Defection.

  SEDIKIDES, C. & ANDERSON, C.A. (1992). Causal explanations of defection : A knowledge structure approach. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 18 (4), 420-429. [PDF]
DOEBELI, M., HAUERT, C. & KILLINGBACK, T. (2004). The evolutionary origin of cooperators and defectors. Science, 306, 859-862.
Déféquer/Défécation : Besoin qui consiste à expulser des matières fécales par l'anus. Déféquer, comportement de propreté et uriner. Defecation.

  RAYFIELD, F., SEGAL, M. & GOLDIAMOND, I. (1982). Schedule-induced defecation. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 38 (1), 19-34. [PDF]
KRIEF, S., BORIES, C. & HLADIK, C-M. (2003). Résultats des examens parasitologiques de selles pratiqués sur une population de chimpanzés sauvages (Pan troglodytes schweinfurthii) d’Ouganda. Bulletin de la Société de pathologie exotique, 96, 80-81.
Défendre/Défense/Se défendre : Voir Comportement défensif.
Défense : Voir Mécanisme de défense. Mechanism of defence.
Déficient/Déficience intellectuelle : Enfant ou adulte handicapé sur le plan cognitif (intelligence, langage, habilité sociale, prise de décision, etc). L'évaluation de la déficience se fonde en grande partie sur la mesure du quotient intellectuel et des critères définis par l'OMS : Déficience mentale profonde (Q.I. inférieur ou = à 25); déficience mentale sévère (Q.I. 26 à 40); déficience mentale modérée (Q.I. 41 à 55); déficience mentale légère (Q.I. 56 à 70); déficience mentale limite (Q.I. 71 à 85). La déficience a de multiples causes et est généralement considéré comme un état permanent. Déficience intellectuelle, QI et test d'intelligence. = Déficience mentale, retard mental, handicap mental, individus avec des besoins particulier. *handicap physique. Mental retardation, retarded children, mentally retarded person, low average-IQ
Q.I. Évaluation
< = 25 Déficience mentale profonde
26 à 40 Déficience mentale sévère
41 à 55 Déficience mentale modérée
56 à 70 Déficience mentale légère
71 à 85 Déficience mentale limite

 
  McILVANE, W.J., DUBE, W.V., KLEDARAS, J.B., IENNACO, F.M. & STODDARD, L.T. (1990). Teaching relational discrimination to individuals with mental retardation : Some problems and possible solutions. American Journal on Mental Retardation, 95, 283-296.
  SEVERY, L. & DAVIS, K. (1991). Helping behavior among normal and retarded children. Child Development, 42, 1017-1031.
  ZYGMONT. D.M., LAZAR, R.M. DUBE, W.V. & McIlVANE, W.J. (1992). Teaching arbitrary matching via sample stimulus-control shaping to young children and mentally retarded individuals : a methodological note. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 57 (1), 109-117. [PDF]
CRUICKSHANK, W.M. (1948). Arithmetic ability of mentally retarded children : II. Understanding arithmetic processes. Journal of Educational Research, 42, 279-288. NEZU, C.M. & NEZU, A.M. (1994). Psychotherapy for adults with mental retardation and concomitant psychopathology : Research and clinical imperatives. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 1, 34-42.
  LANGEVIN, J., DROUIN, C. & HANRAHAN, J, (1994). Teaching a pruden tstrategyof payment to children with leaming problems. Journal of Practical Approaches to Developmental Handicap, 2 (2), 20-23.
ORLANDO R. & BIJOU S.W. (1960). Single and multiple schedules of reinforcement in developmentally retarded children. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 3, 339-348. [PDF] VYGOTSKY, L.S. (1994). Le problème de compensation dans le développement de l'enfant mentalement arriéré. Dans K. Barisnikov et G. Petitpierre (Dirs.), Défectologie et déficience mentale (p. 117-154). Lausanne : Delachaux et Niestlé.
  MOREAU, A. (1995). L'efficacité des procédés d'initiation sociale des pairs sur l'acquisition d'interactions sociales positives d'enfants ayant une déficience intellectuelle : critique des études primaires. Revue Francophone de la Déficience Intellectuelle, 6, (1), 47-55. [PDF]
BIJOU, S.W. & ORLANDO, R. (1961). Rapid development of multiple-schedule performance with retarded children. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 4 (1), 7-16. [PDF] POLING, A. & LESAGE, M. (1995). Evaluating psychotropic drugs in people with mental retardation : Where are the social validity data? American Journal on Mental Retardation, 100, 193-200.
McKINNEY, J.P. (1962). Multidimensional study of the behavior of severely retarded boys. Child Develpment, 33, 923-938. KEARNEY, C.A., DURAND, V.M. & MINDELL, J.A. (1995). It's not where you live but how you live : Choice and adaptive/maladaptive behavior in persons with severe handicaps. Journal of Developmental & Physical Disabilities, 7, 11-24.
  LANGEVIN, J. (1996). Ergonomie et éducation des personnes présentant des incapacit.s intellectuelles. Revue Francophone de la Déficience Intellectuelle, 7 (2), 135-150.
BARRETT, B.H. & LINDSLEY, O.R. (1962). Deficits in acquisition of operant discrimination and differentiation shown by institutionalized retarded children. American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 67, 424-435. JACOBSON, J.W. & MULICK, J.A. (Eds.) (1996). Manual of diagnosis and professional practice in mental retardation. Washington, DC : American Psychological Association.
ZIMMERMAN, E.H., ZIMMERMAN, J. & RUSSELL, C.D. (1969). Differential effects of token reinforcement on instruction-following behavior in retarded students instructed as a group. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 2 (3), 101-112. [PDF] MacMILLAN, D.L., GRESHAM, F.M., SIPESTEIN, G.N. & BOCIAN, K.M. (1996). The labyrinth of I.D.E.A. : School decisions on referred students with subaverage general intelligence. American Journal on Mental Retardation, 101, 161-174.
FAGAN, J.F (1969). Free recall learning in normal and retarded children. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 8 (1), 9-19. AUNE, B.P. & KROEGER, S.A. (1997). Career development of college students with disabilities : An interactional approach to defining the issues. Journal of College Student Development, 38 (4), 344-356.
BARRETT, B.H. (1969). Behavioral individuality in four cultural-familially retarded brothers. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 7, 79-91. BRAY, N.W., FLETCHER, K.L. & TURNER, L.A. (1997). Cognitive competencies and strategy use in individual swith mental retardation. In W.V. Dube, W.J. Mcllvane, G. Green & W.E. MacLean (Ed.), Ellis'handbookof mental deficiency, psychological theory and research (pp. 197-217). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum
BARTON, E.S. (1970). Inappropriate speech in a severely retarded child : a case study in language conditioning and generalization. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 4 (1), 299-307. [PDF] CHRISTIAN, L., KERR, C., SUTPHIN, G. & POLING, A. (1997). Reporting of medication regimen in applied studies of persons with mental retardation and ADHD. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 18, 319-327.
BROWN, L., BELLAMY, T., PERLMUTTER, L., SACKOWITZ, P. & SONTAG, E. (1972). The developmen tof quality, quantity, and durability in the work performance of retarded students in a public school prevocational workshop. Training School Bulletin, 68, 58-69. SMITH, T., EIKESETH, S., KLEVSTRAND, M. & LOVAAS, O.I. (1997). Intensive behavioral treatment for preschoolers with severe mental retardation and pervasive developmental disorder. American Journal on Mental Retardation, 102, 238-249.
PARIS, S.G. & CAIRNS, R.B. (1972). An experimental and ethological investigation of social reinforcement in retarded children. Child Development, 43, 717-729. DIDDEN R., DUKER, P.C. & KORZILIUS, H. (1997). Meta-analytic study on treatment effectiveness for problem behaviors with individuals who have mental retardation. American Journal of Mental Retardation, 101 (4), 387-399.
BARTAK L. & RUTTER, M. (1976). Differences between mentally retarded and normally intelligent autistic children. Journal of Autism & Childhood Schizophrenia, 6, 109-120.  HOARD, M.K., GEARY, D.C. & HAMSON, C.O. (1999). Numerical and arithmetical cognition : Performance of low- and average-IQ child. Mathematical Cognition, 5, 65-91.
BEDROSIAN, J. & PRUTTING, C. (1978). Communicative performance of mentally retarded adults in four conversational settings. Journal of Speech & Hearing Research, 21, 79-95. FRIEDMAN, S.H., FESTINGER, D.F., NEZU, C.M., McGUFFIN, P.W. & NEZU, A.M. (1999). Group therapy for mentally-retarded sex offenders : A behavioral approach. The Behavior Therapist, 22, 32-33.
KOOP, S., MARTIN, G., YU, D. & SUTHONS, E. (1980). Comparison of two reinforcement strategies in vocational-skill training of mentally retarded persons. American Journal of Mental Deficiency, 84, 616-626. POLING, A. & EHRHARDT, K. (1999). Applied behavior analysis, social validation, and the psychopharmacology of mental retardation. Mental Retardation & Developmental Disabilities Research Reviews, 5, 342-347.
SHAPIRO, E.S. & KLEIN, R.D. (1980). Self-management of classroom behavior with retarded/disturbed children. Behavior Modification, 4, 83-97. CLAESSON, M., SONNNANDER K. & EKEHAMMAR, B. (2000). Attitudes toward people with intellectual disabilities and social dominance : An empirical study in Sweden. Journal of Intellectual Disability Research, 44, 237.
JOHNSON, B.F. & CUVO, A.J. (1981). Teaching Mentally retarded adults to cook. Behavior Modification, 5, 187-202. DURAND, V.M. (2001). Future directions for children and adolescents with mental retardation. Behavior Therapy, 32, 633-650.
GREENSPAN, S. & SHOULTZ, B. (1981). Why mentally retarded adults lose their jobs : Social competence as a factor in work adjustment. Applied Research in Mental Retardation, 2(1), 23–38.  
WEEKS, M. & GAYLORD-ROSS, R. (1981). Task difficulty and aberrant behavior in severely handicapped students. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 141 (4), 449-463. [PDF] LOGAN, K.R. & GAST, D.L. (2001). Conducting preference assessments and reinforcer testing for individuals with profound multiple disabilities : Issues and procedures. Exceptionality, 9 (3), 123-134.
FERRETTI, R.P. (1982). An analysis of passive memory in normal and mentally retarded persons. Intelligence, 6, 69-87. DUBE, W.V. & McILVANE, W.J. (2002). Qua titative assessments of sensitivity to reinforcement contingencies in mental retardation. American Journal on Mental Retardation, 107, 136-145.
MOSK, M.D. & BUCHNER, B. (1984). Prompting and stimulus shaping procedures for teaching visual-moto rskils to retarded children. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 17 (1), 23-34. [PDF] BATTAGLIA, A. (2003). Neuroimaging studies in the evalu- ation of developmental delay/mental retardation. American Journal of Medical Genetics Part C, 117C, 25-30.
PACE, G.M., IVANCIC, M.T., EDWARDS, G.L., IWATA, B.A. & PAGE, T.J. (1985). Assessment of stimulus preference and reinforcer value with profoundly retarded individuals. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 18, 249-255. [PDF] PORTER, C., CHRISTIAN, L. & POLING, A. (2003). Some data concerning the reporting of participants' gender in the mental retardation literature. Mental Retardation, 41, 75-77.
CAMPIONE, J.C. & BROWN, A.L. (1987). Toward a theory of intelligence : Contributions from research with retarded children. Intelligence, 2, 279-304. BATTAGLIA, A. & CAREY, J.C. (2003). Diagnostic evalua- tion of developmental delay/mental retardation : An overview. American Journal of Medical Genetics Part C, 117, 3-14.
SCHROEDER, S.R., SCHROEDER, C.S. & LANDESMAN, S. (1987). Psychological services in educational settings to persons with mental retardation. American Psychologist, 42, 805-808. AKRAMI, N., EKEHAMMAR, B., CLAESSON, M. & SONNANDER, K. (2006). Classical and modern prejudice : Attitudes toward people with intellectual disabilities. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 27, 605-617. [PDF]
LENNOX, D.D. MILTENBERGER, R.G., SPENGLER, P. & ERFANIAN, N. (1988). Decelerative treatment practices with persons who have mental retardation : A review of five years of literature. American Journal of Mental Retardation, 92, 492-501. READ, J., HASLAM, N., SAYCE, L. & DAVIES, E. (2006). Prejudice and schizophrenia : a review of the "mental illness is an illness like any other" approach. Acta Psychiatrica Sccandinavica, 114, 303-318. [PDF]
STODDARD, L.T. & McILVANE, W.J. (1989). Establishing auditory stimulus control in profoundly retarded individuals. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 10, 141-151. PRAKASH, J., SUDARSANAN, S. & PRABHU, H.R.A. (2007). Study of behavioural problems in mentally retarded children. Delhi Psychoatry Journal, 10 (1), 40-45. [PDF]
WATKINS, C.L., PACK-TEIXEIRA, L. & HOWARD, J.S. (1989). Teaching intraverbal behavior to severely retarded children. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 7, 69-81. [PDF] MARISSAL, J.-P. (2009). Les conceptions du handicap : du modèle médical au modèle social et réciproquement. Revue d’Éthique et de Théologie Morale, 256, 19-28.
SAUNDERS K.J. & SPARADLIN, J.E. (1989). Conditional discrimination in mentally retarded adults: The effects of training the component simple discriminations. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 52 (1), 1-12. [PDF]  
DUBE, W.V. & METHANE, W.J. (1989). Microcomputer-based implementation of stimulus control technology with mentally retarded individuals. International Journal of Rehabilitation Research, 12 (2), 226-227. KUTZ, P.F., BOELTER, E.W., JARMOLOWICZ, D.P., CHIN, M.D. & HAGOPIAN, L.P. (2012), An analysis of functional communication training as an empirically supported treatment for problem behavior displayed by individuals with intellectual disabilities. Research in Developmental Disabilities, 32, 2935-2942. [PDF]
McILVANE, W.J. KLEGARAS, J.B., DUBE, W.V. & STODDARD, L.T. (1989). Automated instruction of severely and profoundly retarded individuals. In J.A. Mulick & R.F. Antonak (Eds.), Transitions in mental retardation (Vol. 4, pp. 15-76). Norwood, NJ: Ablex. COLEMAN, M., HURLEY, K.J. & CIHAK, D.F. (2012). Comparing teacher-directed and computer-assisted constant time delay for teaching functional sight words to students with moderate intellectual disability. Education & Training in Autism & Developmental Disabilities, 47 (3), 280-292.
Voir aussi QI, Test d'intelligence et Syndrome de Down
Déficit : Terme générique qui renvoie à un manque ou à une diminution d'une chose qui engendre des problèmes ou des diffficultés chez l'individu concerné. ( ): Voir tableau ci-desous. = trouble. Deficit.

Type de déficit
Déficit cognitif Déficit d'attention Déficit neuro-anatomique
 

   JONES, W.H., HOBB, S.A. & HOCKENBURY, D. (1982). Loneliness and social skills deficits. Journal of Personality & Social Personality, 42 (4), 27-48.
 SHALLICE, T. & BURGESS, P. (1991). Deficits in strategy application following frontal lobe damage in man. Brain, 114, 727-741.
Déficit cognitif : Déficit cognitif et analyse des déficits cognitifs. Cognitive deficit, psychologcial deficit.

   ZANGWILL, O.L. (1966). Psychologcial deficits with frontal lobe lesions. International Journal of Neurology, 5, 395-402.
FANTZ, R.L., FAGAN, J.F. & MIRANDA, S.B. (1975). Early visual selectivity as a function of pattern variables, previous exposure, age from birth and conception, and expected cognitive deficit. In L.B. Cohen & P. Salapatek (Eds.), Infant perception : From sensation to cognition : Basic visual processes (Vol. 1. pp. 249-346). New York : Academic Press.
Déficit d'attention : Voir Trouble déficitaire de l'attention.
Définir/Définition : Définir consiste à énumérer les propriétés nécessaires et suffisantes d'une classe d'objets/phénomèmes. EX : Pour un jeune enfant, un chat est un petit animal (propriété no 1) qui possède quatre pattes (propriété no 2) et fait miaou (propriété no 3). Un chat en particulier doit nécessairement possèder ces trois propriétés pour que l'on puisse lui accoler l'étiquette de chat. Qui plus est, il n'est pas nécessaire qu'il soit gris ou ait les yeux verts, ce qui signifie que ces trois propriétés sont en soi suffisantes pour distinguer les chats des non-chats. Il existe trois types de définitions : a) scientifique (issue d'une théorie ou obtenu par consensus); b) usuelle (= dictionnaire) ou c) personnelle (intension de concept d'un individu). Bref, comme le disait Jacquard, « [...] un mot mal défini ou mal compris est plus dangereux qu'un scalpel ébréché. ». Définir, nommer et expliquer. Definition, redefinition.
  Propriétés du concept Objet
1 Petit animal Chat
2 4 pattes
3 A du poil
4 Fait miaou

  Définition : Rôle
 KRIPKE, S.A. (1980). Naming and necessity. Cambridge MA : Harvard University Press. POTHOS, E.M. & HAHN, U. (2000). So concepts aren’t definitions, but do they have necessary or sufficient features ? British Journal of Psychology, 91, 439-450.
SALZINGER, K. (1991). Definitions and usage, or a rose by any other name smells as sweet. Behavior Analyst, 14, 213. [PDF] MARTINEZ, M. (2001). Some closure properties of finite definitions. Studia Logica, 68, 43-68.
YABLO, S. (1992). Definitions, consistent and inconsistent. Philosophical Studies, 72, 147-175. [PDF] SLANEY, K.L. (2001). On empirical realism and the defining of theoretical terms. Journal of Theoretical and Philosophical Psychology, 21, 132-152.
BELNAP, N. (1993). On rigorous definitions. Philosophical Studies, 72, 115-146. RIBES-INESTA, E. (2003). What is defined in operational definitions ? The case of operant psychology. Behavior & Philosophy, 31 (1), 111-126. [PDF]
HORTY, J. (1993). Frege on the psychological significance of definitions. Philosophical Studies, 69, 113-153. GUPTA, A. (2006). Finite circular definitions. In T. Bolander, V.F. Hendrick and S.A. Andersen (Eds.), Self-reference (pp. 79-93). Stanford : CSLI Publications.
CHAPUIS, A. & GUPTA, A. (Eds.) (1999). Circularity, definition, and truth. New Delhi : Indian Council of Philosophical Research. HORTY, J. (2007). Frege on definitions : a case study of semantic content. Oxford : Oxford University Press. [PDF]
  Voir aussi Définition opérationnelle
Définition scientifique : Exemple
GARDINER, H.N. (1906). The definition of "feeling". Journal of Philosophy, Psychology & Scientific Methods, 3 (3), 57-62. LYON, G.R. (1995). Towards a definition of dyslexia : II. Annals of Dyslexia, 45, 3-27.
BODE, B.H. (1908). Some recent definitions of consciousness. Psychological Review, 15, 255-264. WOOD, W., POOL, G., LECK, K. & PURVIS, D. (1996). Self-definition, defensive processing, and influence : The normative impact of majority and minority groups. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 71, 1181-1193. [PDF]
HEMPEL, C.G. (1943). A purely syntactical definition of confirmation. The Journal of Symbolic Logic, 8, 122-43. LEIGLAND, S. (1997). Is a new definition of verbal be- havior necessary in light of derived relational responding ? The Behavior Analyst, 20, 3-10. [PDF]
SKINNER, B. F. (1945). The operational analysis of psychological terms. Psychological Review, 52, 270-277. FAGOT, B.I., LEINBACH, M.D., HORT, B.E. & STRAYER, J. (1997). Qualities underlying the definitions of gender. Sex Roles : A Journal of Research, 37 (1-2), 1-18.
HEMPEL, C.G. & OPPENHEIM, P. (1945). A definition of «degree of confirmation». Philosophy of Science, 12, 98-115. BLACKMORE, S. (1998). Imitation and the definition of a meme. Journal of Memetics - Evolutionary Models of Information Transmission, 2. [PDF]
STEVENS, S.S. (1959). Measurement, psychophysics and utility. In C.W. Churchman & P. Ratoosh (Eds.), Measurement : Definitions and theories. New York : Wiley. ROTHAUSEN, T.J. (1999). «Family» in organizational research : A review and comparison of definitions and measures. Journal of Organizational Behavior, 20, 817-836.
CATTELL, R.B. (1964). The definition(s) of anxiety. Journal of the American Medical Association, 190, 859. LUNDBERG, I. (1999). Towards a sharper definition of dyslexia. In I. Lundberg, F.E. Tönnessen & I. Austad (Eds.), Dyslexia : advances in theory and practice (pp. 9-29). Dordrecht : Kluwer.
KOLMOGOROV, A.N. (1965). Three approaches to the quantitative definition of information. Problems of Information Transmission, 1, 4-7. GOLDBERG, S., GRUSEC, J.E. & JENKINS, J.M. (1999). Confidence in protection : Arguments for a narrow definition of attachment. Journal of Family Psychology, 13, 475-483.
SCANDURA, J.M. (1970). The role of rules in behavior : Toward an operational definition of what (rule) is learned. Psychological Review, 77, 516-533. RYAN, R.M. & DECI, E.L. (2000). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivations : Classic definitions and new directions. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 25, 54-67. [PDF]
BARLOW, H.B. (1970). Definition of intelligence. Nature, 228, 1008.  VELLUTINO, F.R., SCANLON, D.N. & LYON, G.R. (2000). Differentiating between difficult-to-remediate and readily remediated poor readers : More evidence against the IQ : achievement discrepancy definition of reading disability. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 33, 223-238.
 KONECNI, V.J. (1976). Altruism : Methodological and definitional issues. Science, 194, 562. PRYZGODA, J. & CHRISLER, J.C. (2000). Definitions of gender and sex : The subtleties of meaning. Sex Roles, 43, (7/8), 553-569. [PDF]
ROSENZWEIG, S. (1977). Outline of a denotative definition of aggression. Aggressive Behavior, 3, 379-383. COOPER, Z. & FAIRBURN, C.G. (2003), Refining the definition of binge eating disorder and nonpurging bulimia nervosa. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 34 (S), 89-95.
 KOVACS, M. & BECK, A.T. (1977). An empirical-clinical approach toward a definition of childhood depression. In J.G. Schulterbrandt & A. Raskin (Eds.), Depression in childhood : diagnosis, treatment, and conceptual models (pp. 1-25). New York, NY : Raven Press.  
UNGER, R.K. (1979). Toward a redefinition of sex and gender. American Psychologist, 34, 1085-1094. LYON, G.R. SHAYWITZ, S.E. & SHAYWITZ, B. (2003). A definition of dyslexia. Annals of Dyslexia, 53, 1-14.
GOULD, S.J. (1980). Sociobiology and the theory of natural selection. In G.W. Barlow & J. Silverberg (Eds.), Sociobiology : beyond nature/nurture? Reports, definitions and debate (pp. 257-269). Boulder, CO : Westview. BISHOP, S.R., LAU, M., SHAPIRO, S., CARLSON, L., ANDERSON, N.D., CARMODY, J., SEGAL, Z.V., ABBEY, S., SPECA, M., VELTING, D. & DEVINS, G. (2004). Mindfulness : A proposed operational definition. Clinical Psychology : Science & Practice, 11 (3), 230-241. [PDF]
SCHROEDER, S.R., MULICK, J.A. & ROJAHN, J. (1980). The definition, taxonomy, epidemiology and ecology of self-injurious behavior. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 10, 417-432.  
SCHACHAR, R., RUTTER, M. & SMITH, A. (1981). The characteristics of situationally and pervasively hyperactive children : Implications for syndrome definition. Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 22, 375-392.  
ANDREASEN, N.C. (1982). Negative and positive schizophrenia : definition and validation. Archives of General Psychiatry, 39, 789-794. ORUKIBICH, J., NASSAW, K. & MORI, K. (2005). Comments on defining adolescence. Psychological Reports, 97, 737-738. [PDF]
TURNER, J.C. (1982). Toward a cognitive redefinition of the social group. In H. Tajfel (Ed.), Social identity and intergroup relations (pp. 15-40). Cambridge, England : Cambridge University Press. DE WITTE, H. (2005). Job insecurity : Review of the international literature on definitions, prevalence, antecedents and consequences. SA Journal of Industrial Psychology, 31 (4), 1-6. [PDF]
DILL, D.D. (1982). The structure of the academic profession : Toward a definition of ethical issues. Journal of Higher Education, 53, 255-267. NASH, M.R. (2005). The importance of being earnest when crafting definitions : Science and scientism are not the same thing. International Journal of Clinical & Experimental Hypnosis, 53 (3), 265-280. [PDF]
TARSY, D. (1983). History and definition of tardive dyskinesia. Clinical Neuropharmacology, 6, 91-99.  
HIGGINS, S.T. & MORRIS, E.K. (1985). A comment on contemporary definitions of reinforcement as a behavioral process. The Psychological Record, 35, 81-88. ZENTALL, T.R. (2006). Imitation : definitions, evidence, and mechanisms. Animal Cognition, 9, 355-367.
WISE, R.A. (1987). Sensorimotor modulation and the variable action pattern (VAP) : Toward a noncircular definition of drive and motivation. Psychobiology, 15, 7-20.  
SWEETSER, E. (1987). The definition of «lie»: An examination of the folk models underlying a semantic prototype. In D. Hollard & N. Quinn (Eds.), Cultural models in language and thought. New York : Cambridge University Press.  
ZIMMERMAN, M., CORYELL, W., STANGL, D. & PFOHL, B. (1987). Validity of an operational definition for neurotic unipolar major depression. Journal of Affective Disorders, 12, 29-40.  
ROSNOW, R.L. & ROSENTHAL, R. (1989). Definition and interpretation of interaction effects. Psychological Bulletin, 105, 143-146. KINNAERT, P. (2006). Placebo et effet placebo (première partie) : définition, aspects cliniques, mécanismes. Revue Médicale de Bruxelles, 27, 499-504. [PDF]
OLWEUS, D. (1989). Prevalence and incidence in the study of antisocial behavior : Definitions and measurement. In M. Klein (Ed.), Cross-national research in self-reported crime and delinquency. Dordrecht, The Netherlands, Kluwer. JOHNSON, R.B. & ONWUEEGBUZIE, A.J. & TURNER, L.A. (2007). Toward a definition of mixed methods research. Journal of Mixed Methods Research, 1 (112), DOI: 10.1177/1558689806298224. [PDF]
CHEEK, J.M. & WATSON, A.K. (1989). The definition of shyness : Psychological imperialism or construct validity ? Journal of Social Behavior & Personality, 4 (1), 85-95. [PDF] HALL, R.C. & HALL R.C. (2007). Profile of pedophilia : Definition, characteristics of offenders, recidivism, treatment outcomes, and forensic issues. Mayo Clinic Proceedings, 82 (4), 457-471. [PDF]
AMES, A. & HOUSTON, D. (1990). Legal, social, and biological definitions of pedophilia. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 19 (4), 333-342. KUBINA, R.M. & LIN, F.Y. (2008). Defining frequency : A natural scientific term. The Behavior Analyst Today, 9 (2), 125-129. [PDF]
DAVIS, J. (1991). Who is black ? One nation’s definition. University Park, PA : Pennsylvania State University Press PALMER, D.C. (2008). On Skinner's definition of verbal behavior. International Journal of Psychology & Psychological Therapy, 8, 295-307. [PDF]
ZAHAVI, A. (1991). On the definition of sexual selection, Fisher's model, and the evolution of waste and of signals in general. Animal Behaviour, 42 (3), 501-503.  
DONAT, P. & D'EMILIO, J. (1992). A feminist redefinition of rape and sexual assault : Historical foundations and change. Journal of Social Issues, 48 (1), 9-22. MUEHLENHARD, C.L. & PETERSON, Z.D. (2011). Distinguishing between sex and gender : History, current conceptualizations, and implications. Sex Roles, 64, 791-803. [PDF]
FEE, V.E. & MATSON, J.L. (1992). Definition, classification, and taxonomy. In J.K. Luiselli, J.L. Matson & N.N. Singh (Eds.), Self-injurious behavior : Analysis, assessment, and treatment (pp. 3-20). New York : Springer-Verlag.  
UNGER, R.K. & CRAWFORD, M. (1993). Sex and gender - The troubled relationship between terms and concepts. Psychological Science, 4, 122-124.  
RUBIN, K.H. & ASENDORPF, J. (1993). Social withdrawal, inhibition and shyness in childhood : Conceptual and definitional issues. In K.H. Rubin & J. Asendorpf (Eds.), Social withdrawal, inhibition, and shyness in childhood. Hillsdale, N.J.: Erlbaum. PHILLIPS, J., FRANCES, A., CERULLO, M.A., CHARDAVOYNE, J., DECKER, J.H., FIRST, M.B., GHAEMI, N., GREENBERG, G., HINDERLITER, A.C., KINGHORN, W.A., LOBELLO, S.G., MARTIN, E.B., MISHARA, A.L., PARIS, J., PIERRE, J.M., PIES R.W., PINCUS, H.A,. PORTER, D., POUNCEY, C., SCHWARTZ, M.A,. SZASZ, T., WAKEFIELD, J.C., WATERMAN, G.S., WHOOLEY, O. & ZACHAR, P. (2012). The six most essential questions in psychiatric diagnosis : A pluralogue. Part 1 : Conceptual and definitional issues in psychiatric diagnosis. Philosophy, Ethics, & Humanities in Medicine, 7 (3), 1-29. [PDF]
WAGNER, E.D. (1994). In support of a functional definition of interaction. American Journal of Distance Education, 8(2), 6-26. PASSOS, M.L.R.F. (2012). B.F. Skinner : The writer and his definition of verbal behavior. The Behavior Analysis, 35 (1), 115-126. [PDF]
ALLEN, C. & BEKOFF, M. (1994). Intentionality, social play and definition. Biology & Philosophy, 9, 63-74. BUYSSE, D.J. (2014). Sleep health : Can define it ? Does it matter ? Sleep, 37 (1), 9-17. [PDF]
FUKUDA, K., STRAUS, S.E., HICKIE, I., FRANZCP, SHARPE, M.C., DOBBINS, J.G. & KOMAROFF, A. (1994). The chronic fatigue syndrome : A comprehensive approach to its definition and study. Annals of Internal Medicine, 121 (12), 953-959. [PDF] LANGHAM, E., THORNE, H., BROWNE, M., DONALDSON, P., ROSE, J. & ROCKLOFF, M. (2016). Understanding gambling related harm : a proposed definition, conceptual framework, and taxonomy of harms. BMC Public Health, 16 : 80, 1-23. [PDF] + [PDF]
Voir aussi Définition, Concept scientifique et Opérationnaliser
 
Définition opérationnelle : Définition dont les éléments nécessaires et suffisantes ont été opérationnalisés, donc qui renvoient à des phénomènes observables et mesurables (comportements, réaction physiologique, etc.). Operational definition.

  BORING, E.G. (1945). The use of operational definitions in science. Psychological Review, 52, 243-245.
SKINNER, B. F. (1945). The operational analysis of psychological terms. Psychological Review, 52, 270-277.
SCANDURA, J.M. (1970). The role of rules in behavior : Toward an operational definition of what (rule) is learned. Psychological Review, 77, 516-533.
ZIMMERMAN, M., CORYELL, W., STANGL, D. & PFOHL, B. (1987). Validity of an operational definition for neurotic unipolar major depression. Journal of Affective Disorders, 12, 29-40.
SLANEY, K. L. (2001). On empirical realism and the defining of theoretical terms. Journal of Theoretical & Philosophical Psychology, 21 (2), 132-152.
RIBES-INESTA, E. (2003). What is defined in operational definitions ? The case of operant psychology. Behavior & Philosophy, 31 (1), 111-126. [PDF]
BISHOP, S.R., LAU, M., SHAPIRO, S., CARLSON, L., ANDERSON, N.D., SEGAL, Z.V., SPECA, M., VELTING, D. & DEVINS, G. (2004). Mindfulness : A proposed operational definition. Clinical Psychology : Science & Practice, 11 (3), 230-241. [PDF]
Voir aussi Définition
Définitivement fausse/vraie : Expression qui souligne le caractère non temporel d'une hypothèse falsifiée par les faits. On ne peut pas montrer que l'hypothèse falsifiable Tous les éléphants sont gris est définitivement vraie car, pour y parvenir, il faudrait examiner tous les cas, donc tous les éléphants de tous les mondes, de toutes les époques (vaste programme, dirait de Gaulle). Cependant, on peut montrer que cette hypothèse est définitevement fausse. En effet, une hypothèse falsifiable possède toujours un quantificateur universel - un Tout - qui équivaut logiquement à nier l'existence d'autres phénomènes (Si tous les éléphants sont gris, il n'existe pas d'éléphants roses ou mauves). Si cette hypothèse est contredite par les faits - on vient tout juste de découvrir un éléphant rose sur la planète Éthilyc 12 - l'hypothèse falsibiable sera alors falsifiée, donc définitivement fausse. /temporairement vraie/fausse.

  Voir aussi Temporairement vraie/fausse et Hypothèse falsifiée
POPPER, K.R. (1984). La logique de la découverte scientifique. Paris : Payot.  
Defries John C. (Delrey 1934-) : Psychologue évolutionniste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des fonctions cognitives des jumeaux et du stress chez la souris. Collaborateur de Caspi, Emde, Friedman, Hewitt, Kagan, McGuffin, Miyake, Olson, Pennington, Plomin, Rhee, Robinson, Rutter, Zahn-Waxler, Waldman et Willcutt.
DEFRIES, J.C. (1967). Effects of heredity and prenatal stress on behavior of offspring. Illinois Research, 9, 6-7.
DEFRIES, J.C., VANDERBERG, S.G. & McCLEARN, G.E. (1976). Genetics of specific cognitive abilities. Annual Review of Genetics, 10, 179-207.
DEFRIES, J.C. (1978). "Heritability estimates" from family data. Behavior Genetics, 8, 481-482.
DEFRIES, J.C. & FULKER, D.W. (1986). Multivariate behavioral genetics and development. Behavior Genetics, 16, 1-10.
DEFRIES, J.C. & ALARCON, M. (1996). Genetics of specific reading disability. Mental Retardation & Developmental Disabilities Research, 2, 39-47.
Déformation : Mécanisme de défense proposé par Rogers qui consiste à interpréter ou à réinterpréter ses expériences de manière à les rendre conformes aux principes et à la vision de son soi. Distorsion.

  Voir aussi Mécanisme de défense
Degelman Douglas : Psychologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'image du corps.
DEGELMAN, D. & ROSINSKI, R.R. (1976). Texture gradient registration and the development of slant perception. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 21, 339-348.
GARRITY, K. & DEGELMAN, D. (1990). Effect of server introduction on restaurant tipping. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 20, 168-172. [PDF]
MURZYNSKI, J. & DEGELMAN, D. (1996). Body language of women and judgments of vulnerability to sexual assault. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 26, 1617-1626.
CROUCH, A. & DEGELMAN, D. (1998). Influence of female body images in printed advertising on self-ratings of physical attractiveness by adolescent girls. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 87, 1-2.
DEGELMAN, D. & PRICE, N.D. (2002). Tattoos and ratings of personal characteristics. Psychological Reports, 90 (2), 507-514.
Dégénérescence : Selon Morel, dégradation de l'organisme, tant sur le plan physique que psychologique, en grande partie attribuable à l'hérédité. = vieillissement programmé.

 
Dégoût : Ce qui nous répugne (émotion) et que l'on cherche à éviter. Dégoût, aversion et phobie. Disgust.

  ROZIN, P. & FALLON, A.E. (1987). A perspective on disgust. Psychological Review, 94 (1), 23-41. CISLER, J.M., OLATUNJI B.O. & LOHR, J.M. (2009). Disgust, fear, and the anxiety disorders : A critical review. Clinical Psychology Review, 29, 34-46.
MULKENS, S.A.N., DE JONG, P.J. & MERCKELBACH, H. (1996). Disgust and spider phobia. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 105 (3), 464-468. [PDF] CONNOLLY, K.M., LOHR, J.M., OLATUNJI, B.O., HAHN, K.S. & WILLIANS, N.L. (2009). Information processing in contamination fear : A covariation bias examination of fear and disgust. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 23, 60-68.
OLATUNJI, B.O., LOHR, J.M., SAWCHUK, C.N. & PATTEN, K. (2007). Fear and disgust responding in heterogeneous blood-injection-injury phobia. Journal of Psychopathology & Behavioral Assessment, 29, 1-8. BRADY, R.E., ADAMS, T.G. & LOHR, J.M. (2010). Disgust in contamination-related obsessive-compulsive disorder. Expert Review of Neurotherapeutics, 10, 1295-1305.
OLATUNJI, B.O., TOLIN, D.F., SAWCHUK, C.N., WILLIAMS, N.L., ABRAMOVITZ, J.S., LOHR, J.M. & ELWOOD, S.S. (2007). The Disgust Scale : Item analysis, factor structure, and suggestions for refinement.Psychological Assessment, 19 (3), 281-297. [PDF] ADAMS, T.G., BRADY, R.E. & LOHR, J.M. (2011). The nature and function of disgust in coping and control. In R. Trnka (Ed.), Reconstructing emotional spaces : From experience to regulation (pp. 63-76). Prague, CZ : Prague College of Psychosocial Studies. [PDF]
  Voir aussi Aversion, Émotion et Phobie
Degré : Unité de mesure d'un phénomène, qui marque une variation.

Degré
Degré de liberté Degré de la variable Degré zéro de la connaissance
Degré d'indépendance de la recherche Degré de l'effet  
 
Degré de liberté : Pour Fisher et Gosset, désigne le nombre de valeurs aléatoires qui ne peuvent être déterminées ou fixés par une équation (notamment les équations des tests statistiques). EX: Si l'on cherche deux nombres dont le produit est 12, aucun des deux nombres n'est déterminé par l'équation X + Y = 12. X peut être choisi arbitrairement, mais pour Y il n'y a alors plus le choix. Ainsi, si vous choisissez arbitrairement 11, Y est obligatoirement 1. Il y a donc deux variables aléatoires (11, 1), mais un seul degré de liberté. = ddl, dl. Degre of freedom, df.
  WALKER, H.M. (1940). Degrees of freedom. Journal of Educational Psychology, 31 (4), 253-269.
GOOD, I.J. (1973). What are degrees of freedom ?The American Statistician, 27 (5), 227-228.
HUYNH, H. & FELDT, L. S. (1976). Estimation of the Box correction for degrees of freedom from sample data in the randomized block and split plot designs. Journal of Educational Statistics, 1, 69-82.
COX, D.R. (1984). Effective degrees of freedom and the likelihood ratio test. Biometrika, 71, 487-493.
GALFO, A.J. (1985). Teaching degrees of freedom as a concept in inferential statistics : An elementary approach. School Science & Mathematics, 85 (3), 240-247.
BLITSTEIN, J.L., MURRAY, D.M., HANNAN, P.J. & SHADISH, W.R. (2005). Increasing the degrees of freedom in future group randomized trials : The approach. Evaluation Review, 29, 268-286.
EISENHAUER, J.G. (2008). Degrees of freedom. Teaching Statistics, 30 (3), 75-78.
Voir aussi Valeur aléatoire
Degré d'indépendance de la recherche : Voir Étude indépendante.
Degré d'une variable : Voir Effet.
Degré de l'effet : Voir Effet.
Degré zéro de la connaissance : Pour certains psychologues, cette expression désigne l'absence ou la quasi-absence de connaissance du nouveau-né. = tabula rasa. /catégorie kantienne.

 
De Grobois Philippe ( ) : Sociologue québécois et professeur au Collège Ahuntsic. Il s'intéresse notamment au rôle d'internet et des réseaux sociaux virtuels. Collaborateur de Gaulin.
GAULIN, B. et DE GROSBOIS, P. (2009). La classe dans le discours / Le discours dans la classe. Nouveaux Cahier du Socialisme, 1, 163-186.
LE SAUX A.-M. et DE GROSBOIS, P. (2012). Profs contre la hausse : le renouvellement de l'action politique enseignante. À Bâbord, 46, 30.
DE GROSBOIS, P. (2014). WikiLeaks : Journalisme de confrontation et militantisme du libre. Nouveaux Cahier du Socialisme, 11, 151-164.
DE GROSBOIS, P. (2018). Les batailles d'Internet Assauts et résistances à l'ère du capitalisme numérique. Montréal : Écosociété.
Dehaene Stanislas (Roubaix 1965-) : Psychologue neurocognitiviste français, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'apprentissage des habiletés mathématiques. Collaborateur de Changeux, GutkinKlonsky, Morais, Pashler et Spelke.
DEHAENE, S. (1992). Varieties of numerical abilities. Cognition, 44, 1-42. [PDF]
DEHAENE, S. & NACCACHE, L. (2001). Towards a cognitive neuroscience of consciousness : basic evidence and a workspace framework. Cognition, 79, 1-37. [PDF]
DEHAENE, S., COHEN, L., SIGMAN, M. & VINCKIER, F. (2005). The neural code for written words : A proposal. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 9 (7), 335-341. [PDF]
DEHAENE, S., CHANGEUX, J.-P., NACCACHE, L., SACKUR, J. & SERGENT, C. (2006). Conscious, preconscious, and subliminal processing : a testable taxonomy. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 10 (5), 204-211. [PDF]
DEHAENE, S. (2007). A few steps toward a scienceof mental life. Journal Compilation, 1 (1), 28-47. [PDF]
DEHAENE, S., COHEN, L., MORAIS, J. & KOLINSKY, R. (2015). Illiterate to literate: behavioural and cerebral changes induced by reading acquisition. Natural Reviews/Neurocience, 16, 235-244. [PDF]
De Houwer Jan ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhavioriste belge et spécialiste du conditionnement. Collaborateur de Asendorpf, Baeyens, Eelen, Nosek, Fiedler et Schmidt.
DE HOUWER, J. & BECKERS, T. (2002). A review of recent developments in research and theory on human contingency learning. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 55B, 289-310. [PDF]
DE HOUWER, J., THOMAS, S. & BAEYENS, F. (2001). Associative learning of likes and dislikes : A review of 25 years of research on human evaluative conditioning. Psychological Bulletin, 127 (6), 853-869. [PDF]
DE HOUWER J., BAEYENS, F. & FIELD, A P. (2005). Associative learning of likes and dislikes: Some current controversies and possible ways forward. Cognition & Emotion, 19, 161-174. [PDF]
DE HOUWER, J. (2007). A conceptual and theoretical analysis of evaluative conditioning. The Spanish Journal of Psychology, 10, 230-241. [PDF]
DE HOUWER, J. (2009). The propositional approach to associative learning as an alternative for association formation models. Learning & Behavior 2009, 37 (1), 1-20. [PDF]
Dehue Trudy ( ) : Psychologue, historienne et méthodologiste danoise, spécialisée dans l'étude des groupes aléatoires et du contrôle et des procédures de distribution aléatoire des sujets.
DEHUE, T. (1997). Deception, efficiency, and random groups : Psychology and the gradual origination of the random group design. Isis, 88, 653-673.
DEHUE, T. (2000). From deception trials to control reagents. The introduction of the control group about a century ago. American Psychologist, 55 (2), 264-269.
DEHUE, T. (2001). Establishing the experimenting society. The historical origination of social experimentation according to the randomized controlled design. American Journal of Psychology, 114 (2), 283-302.
DEHUE, T. (2002). A dutch treat. Randomized controlled experimentation and the case of heroin-maintenance in the Netherlands. History of the Human Sciences, 15 (2), 75-98.
DEHUE, T. (2005). History of the control group. In B. Everitt & D. Howell (Eds), Encyclopedia of Statistics in the Behavioral Science (Vol. 2, pp. 829-836 ). Chichester, UK : Wiley.
Déindividualisation : Perte de sa capacité d'agir, de décider en son nom, au profit du groupe. EX: Tuer un ennemi sur l'ordre de l'armée, alos que cet ordre semble déraisonnable ou sans fondement. = sentiment d'anonymat, perte d'identité. *Dépersonnalisation. Deindividuation, losing myself.

  FESTINGER, L., PEPITONE, A. & NEWCOMB, T. (1952). Some consequences of deindividuation in a group. Journal of Social Psychology, 47, 382-389. REICHER, S.D., LEVINE, R.M. & GORDIJN, E. (1998). More on deindividuation, power relations between groups and the expression of social identity : Three studies on the effects of visibility to the in-group. British Journal of Social Psychology, 37, 15-40.
SINGER, J.E., BRUSH, C.A. & LUBLIN, S.C. (1965). Some aspects of deindividuation : Identification and conformity. Journal of Experimental & Social Psychology, 1, 356-378.  
ZIMBARDO, P.G. (1969). The human choice : Individuation, reason, and order vs. deindividuation, impulse, and chaos. In W.J. Arnold & D. Levine (Eds.), Nebraska symposium on motivation (Vol 17. pp. 237-307). Lincoln : University of nebraska press.  REICHER, S.D. & LEVINE, R.M. (1994). Deindividuation, power relations between groups & the expression of social identity: The effects of visibility to the out-group. British Journal of Social Psychology, 33, 145-163.
CANNAVALE, F.J., SCARR, H.A. & PEPITONE, A. (1970). Deindividuation in the small group: further evidence. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 16 (1), 141-147.  REICHER, S.D. & LEVINE, R.M. (1994). On the consequences of deindividuation manipulations for the strategic communication of self : Identifiability & the presentation of social identity. European Journal of Social Psychology, 24, 511-524.
DIENER, E., DINEEN, J., WESTFORD, K., BEAMAN, A.L. & FRASER, S.C. (1975). Effects of Altered Responsibility, Cognitive Set, and Modeling on Physical Aggression and Deindividuation. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 31. 328-337.  
DIENER, E. (1976). Effects of prior destructive behavior, anonymity, and group presence ondeindividuation and aggression. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 33, 497-507.  REICHER, S.D., SPEARS, R. & POSTMES, T. (1995). A social identity model of deindividuation phenomena. European Review of Social Psychology, 6 (1), 161-198. [PDF]
DIENER, E., FRASER, S.C., BEAMAN, A.L. & KELEM, R.T. (1976). Effects of deindividuation variables on stealing among Halloween trick-or-treaters. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 33, 178-183. POSTMES, T. & SPEARS, R. (1998). Deindividuation and antinormative behavior : A meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 123 (3), 238-259. [PDF]
DIENER, E. (1977). Deindividuation : Causes and consequences. Social Behavior & Personality, 5, 143- 155.  REICHER, S.D. & LEVINE. M.& GORDIJN, E. (1998). More on deindividuation, power relations between groups & the expression of social identity : Three studies on the effects of visibility to the in-group. British Journal of Social Psychology, 37, 15-40.
DIENER, E. (1979). Deindividuation, self-awareness, and disinhibition. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 37, 1160-1171. POSTMES, T., SPEARS, R. & LEA, M. (1999). Social identity, normative content & 'deindividuation' in computer mediated groups. In N. Ellemers, R. Spears & B. Doosje (Eds.), Social identity : Context, commitment, content (pp. 164-183). Oxford : Blackwell.
JOHNSON, R.D. & DOWNING, L.L. (1979). Deindividuation and valence of cues : Effects of prosocial and antisocial behavior. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 37, 1532-1538 SPEARS, R. & LEA, M. & POSTMES, T. (2000). One side : Purview, problems and prospects. In T. Postmes, R. Spears, M. Lea & S. Reicher (Eds.), SIDE issues centre stage: Recent developments in studies of de-individuation in groups (pp. 1-16). Amsterdam, The Netherlands : Royal Netherlands Academy of Arts & Sciences.
PRENTICE-DUNN, S. & ROGERS, R.W. (1982). Effects of public and private self-awareness on deindividuation and aggression. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 43, 503- 513.  
NADLER, A., GOLDBERG, M. & JAFFE, Y. (1982). Effect of self-differentiation and anonymity in group on deindividuation. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 42 (6), 1127-1136. SILKE, A. (2003). Deindividuation, anonymity and violence : Findings from Northern Ireland. Journal of Social Psychology, 143 (4), 493-499.
 REICHER, S.D. (1984). Social influence in the crowd : Attitudinal & behavioural effects of de-individuation in conditions of high & low group salience. British Journal of Social Psychology, 23, 341-350. LEE, E. (2007). Deindividuation effects on group polarization in computer-mediated communication: the role of group identification, public-self-awareness, and perceived argument quality. Journal of Communication, 57 (2), 385-403.
PRENTICE-DUNN, S. & SPIVEY, C.B. (1986). Extreme deindividuation in the laboratory: Its magnitude and subjective components. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 12 (2), 206-215. Voir aussi Individuation et Groupe
Déisme : Doctrine philosophique qui postule l'existence de Dieu, mais refuse toute forme de religion ou promotion de cette croyance. Déisme et théisme.

  LALOUETTE, J. (2010). Déisme et théisme. In Dictionnaire des faits religieux. Édition Quadrige/P.U.F.
Deitz Samuel M. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain et spécialiste de la modification de comportement, notamment par renforcement différentiel auprès des handicapés et des déficients intellectuels. Collaborateur de Repp.
DEITZ, S.M. & PURKEY, W.W. (1969). Teacher expectation of performance based on race of student. Psychological Report, 24 (3), 694.
DEITZ, S.M.J. & REPP, A.C. (1973). Decreasing classroom misbehavior through the use of DRL schedules of reinforcement. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 6 (3), 457-463. [PDF]
DEITZ, S.M., REPP, A.C. & DEITZ, D.E.D. (1976). Reducing inappropriate classroom behaviour of retarded students through three procedures of differential reinforcement. Journal of Mental Deficiency Research, 20 (3), 155-170.
DEITZ, S.M., FREDERICK, L.D., QUINN, P.C. & BRASHER, L.D. (1986). Comparing the effects of two correction procedures on human acquisition of sequential behavior patterns. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 46 (1), 1-14. [PDF]
DEITZ, S.M. (1997). What is unnatural about "extrinsic reinforcement ?" Behavior Analysis, 12 (2), 255. [PDF]
Déjà vu : Impression fugitive de familiarité avec un objet ou une situation, donnant l'impression erronée de l'avoir déjà vue ou vécue. Pour certaines théories cognitives, ce phénomène est attribuable à l'incapacité du sujet d'indexer certaines informations (en raison de la fatigue ou de l'effet des drogues notamment). Deja vu.

  LEEDS, M. (1944). One form of paramnesia : The illusion of déjà vu. Journal of the American Society for Psychical Research, 38, 24-42. SPATT, J. (2002). Déjà vu : Possible parahippocampal mechanisms. Journal of Neuropsychiatry & Clinical Neurosciences, 14, 6-10.
NEPPE, V.M. (1983). The psychology of déja vu : Have I been here before ? Johannesburg, South Africa : Witwatersrand University Press. BROWN, A.S. (2004). The déjà vu illusion. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 13 (6), 256-259. [PDF]
BANCAUD, J., BRUNET-BOURGIN, F., CHAUVEL, P. & HALGREN, E. (1994). Anatomical origin of deja vu and vivid "memories" in human temporal lobe epilepsy. Brain, 117, 71-90. BROWN, A.S. (2004). The déjà vu experience. New York : Psychology Press.
TAIMINEN, T. & JÄÄSKELÄINEN, S.K. (2001). Intense and recurrent déjà vu experiences related to amantadine and phenylpropanolamine in a healthy male. Journal of Clinical Neuroscience, 8, 460-462. BROWN, A.S. (2004). Getting to grips with déjà vu. British Psychologist, 17, 694 696.
BROWN, A.S. (2003). A review of déjà vu experience. Psychological Bulletin, 129, 394-413. CLEARY, A.M. (2008). Recognition memory, familiarity, and déjà vu. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 17 (5), 353-357. [PDF]
De Jong Peter F. ( ) : Spécialiste néerlandais de l'éducation. Il s'intéresse notamment à l'enseignement de la lecture et des mathématiques. Professeur de Van Bergen.
DE JONG, P.F. & VAN DER LEIJ, A. (1999). Specific contributions of phonological abilities to early reading acquisition: Results from a Dutch latent variable longitudinal study. Journal of Educational Psychology, 91 (3), 450-476.
DE JONG, P.F. & LESEMAN, P.P.M. (2001). Lasting effects of home literacy on reading achievement in school. Journal of School Psychology, 39 (5), 389-414.
DE JONG, P.F. (2006). Units and routes of reading in Dutch. Developmental Science, 9 (5), 441-442.
DE JONG, P.F., BITTER, D.J.L., VAN SETTEN, M. & MARINUS, E. (2009). Does phonological recoding occur during silent reading and is it necessary for orthographic learning ? Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 104 (3), 267-282.
DE JONG, P.F (2011). What discrete and serial rapid automatized naming can reveal about reading. Scientific Studies of Reading, 15 (4), 314-337.
Delabarre Edmund Burke (1863-1945) : Psychologue, historien et anthropologue américain. Il a fondé un laboratoire de psychologie en 1892 (à l'Université Brown à Providence). Il est aussi l'un des membres fondateurs de l'American Psychological Association. Étudiant de James et Münstenberg.
DELABARRE, E.B. (1917). Early interests in Dighton Rock. Publications of the Colonial Society of Massachusetts, Transactions, 18, 235-299.
DELABARRE, E.B. (1920). The inscribed rocks of Narragansett Bay. Rhode Island Historical Society Collections, 13, 73-93.
DELABARRE, E.B. (1925). A possible pre-Algonkian culture in southeastern Massachusetts. American Anthropologist, 27 (3), 359-369.
DELABARRE, E.B. (1928). Dighton Rock : A study of the written rocks of New England. New York : Walter Neale.
DELABARRE, E.B. (1935). Alleged runic inscription in Rhode Island. Rhode Island Historical Society Collections, 28, 49-57.
Delacroix Henri (1873-1937) : Psychologue français. Il s'est notamment intéressé au langage.

DELACROIX, H. (1930). Le langage et la pensée. Paris : Librairie Félix Alcan.
DELACROIX, H. (1934). L'enfant et le langage. Paris : Librairie Félix Alcan.
 
 
 
Délai : Temps qui s'écoule entre deux événements interreliés ou durée dont on dispose pour faire quelque chose, effectué une tâche. Dèlai et rètroaction. Delay.

Dèlai
Délai de gratification Délai de renforcement Délai de de rècompense
 

  BRACKBILL, Y., BRAVOS, A. & STARR, R.H. (1962). Delay-improved retention of a difficult task. Physiological Psychology, 55, 947-952.
AIKEN, E.G. (1968). Delayed feedback effects on learning and retention of Morse Code symbols. Psychological Reports, 23, 723-730.
KULHAVY, R.W. & ANDERSON, R.C. (1972). Delay-retention effect with multiple-choice tests. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 63, 505-512.
GAYNOR, P. (1981). The effect of feedback delay on retention of computer-based mathematical material. Journal of Computer-Based Instruction, 8, 28-34.
Délai de gratification : Voir Gratification.
Délai de récompense : Voir Récompense.
Délai de renforcement : Voir Renforcement.
Delamater
Andrew R. Delamater John Delamater
 
Delamater Andrew R. ( ) : Psychologue cognitivo-béhaviorisme américain, d'origine américaine, spécialisé dans l'étude conditionnment répondant, notamment de l'extinction et de l'acquisition des saveurs et des goûts. Collaborateur de Berridge, Holland et Lolordo.
DELAMATER, A.R., LOLORDO, V.M. & BERRIDGE, K.C. (1986). Control of fluid palatability by exteroceptive Pavlovian signals. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 12 (2), 143-152. [PDF]
DELAMATER, A.R. (1996). Effects of several extinction treatments upon the integrity of Pavlovian stimulus-outcome associations. Animal Learning & Behavior, 24, 437-449.
DELAMATER, A.R. (2004). Experimental extinction in Pavlovian conditioning : behavioural and neuroscience perspectives. The Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 57B (2), 97-132. [PDF]
DELAMATER, A.R. (2007). Extinction of conditioned flavor preferences. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes, 33 (2), 160-171. [PDF]
DELAMATER, A.R. (2012). Issues in the extinction of specific stimulus-outcome associations in Pavlovian conditioning. Behavior Processes, 90 (1), 9-19. [PDF]
Delamater John ( ) : Sociologue américain et spécialiste de la sexualité. Collaborateur de Fidell et Hyde.
DELAMATER, J. & FREIDRICH, R. (2002). Human sexual development. Journal of Sex Research, 39, 10-14. [PDF]
DELAMATER, J. & MOORMAN, S. (2007). Sexual behavior in later life. Journal of Aging & Health, 19, 921-945. [PDF]
DELAMATER, J., HYDE, J. & FONG, M.C. (2008). Sexual satisfaction in the seventh decade of life. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 34, 439-454. [PDF]
DELAMATER, J. & KARRAKER, A. (2009). Sexual functioning in older adults. Current Psychiatry Reports, 11, 6-11. [PDF]
DELAMATER, A.R. (2011). At the interface of learning and cognition : An associative learning perspective. International Journal of Comparative Psychology, 24, 389-411. [PDF]
Delation/Délateur : Consiste à dénoncer aux autorités compétentes (ou non) des individus qui ont commis des gestes qui nous apparaissent mal, séditieux ou illégaux.

  BRODEUR, J.-P. et JOBARD, F. (2005). Citoyens et délateurs. La délation peut-elle être civique ? Paris : Éditions Autrement.
Delattre Pierre C. ( ) : Linguiste français et spécialiste de la perception de la parole. Collaborateur de Cooper et Liberman.
DELATTRE, P.C., LIBERMAN, A.M. & COOPER, F.S. (1951). Voyelles synthetiques "a" deux formants et voyelles cardinales. Le Maitre Phonetique, 96, 30-37.
DELATTRE, P.C., LIBERMAN, A.M., COOPER, F.S. & GERSTMAN, L.J. (1952). An experimental study of the acoustic determinants of vowel color; observations on one- and two-formant vowels synthesized from spectrographic patterns.Word, 8, 195-210.
DELATTRE, P.C., LIBERMAN, A.M. & COOPER, F.S.. (1955). Acoustic loci and transitional cues for consonants. Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 27, 769-773.
DELATTRE, P.C (1958). Les indices acoustiques de la parole: premier rapport. Phonetica, 2, 108-118.
DELATTRE, P.C., LIBERMAN, A.M. & COOPER, F.S. (1964). Formant transitions and loci as acoustic correlates of place of articulation in American fricatives. Studia Linguistica, 16, 104-121.
De Leeuw Edith D. ( ) : Psychologue et méthodologiste néerlandaise, spécialisée dans la mesure et les enquêtes par questionnaire. Elle s'intéresse notamment au biais de non-réponse. Collaboratrice de Hox.
DE LEEUW, E.D. & HOX, J.J. (1988). The effects of response stimulating factors on response rates and data quality in mail surveys. A test of Dillman's total design method. Journal of Official Statistics, 4, 2411-249. [PDF]
DE LEEUW, E.D., MELLENBERGH, G.J. & HOX, J.J. (1996). The influence of data collection method on structural models: A comparison of a mail, a telephone, and a face to face survey. Sociological Methods & Research, 24, 443-472. [PDF]
DE LEEUW, E.D. & HOX, J.J. & KEF, S. (2003). Computer-assisted self-interviewing tailored for special populations and topics. Field Methods, 15 (3), 223-251. [PDF]
DE LEEUW, E.D. & HOX, J.J. (2004). I am not selling anything. 29 experiments in telephone introductions. International Journal of Public Opinion Research, 16 (4), 464-473. [PDF]
DE LEEUW, E.D., CLLEGARO, M., HOX, J.J., KORENDIK, E. & LENSVELTt-MULDERS, G. (2007). The influence of advance letters on response in telephone surveys. Public Opinion Quarterly, 71 (3), 413-443. [PDF]
DeLeon Iser Guillermo ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la préférence des renforcements. Collaborateur de Borrero, Cataldo, Catania, Fisher, Hagopian, Hursh, Iwata, Lerman, Mace, Madden, Nevin, Piazza, Podlesnick, Poling, Schroeder, Shahan, Shore, Smith.
DELEON, I.G. & IWATA, B.A. (1996). Evaluation of a multiple-stimulus presentation format for assessing reinforcer preferences. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 29 (4), 519-532. [PDF]
DELEON, I.G., IWATA, B.A., GOH, H.L. & WORDSELL, A.S. (1997). Emergence of reinforcer preference as a function of schedule requirements and stimulus similarity. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 30 (3), 439-449. [PDF]
DELEON, I.G., ANDERS, B.M., RODRIGUEZ-CATTER, V. & NEIDERT, P.L. (2000). The effects of noncontingent access to single- versus multiple-stimulus sets on self-injurious behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 33 (4), 623-626. [PDF]
DELEON, I.G., FRANK, M.A., GREGORY, M.K. & ALLAM, M.J. (2009). On the correspondence between preference assessment outcomes and progressive-ratio schedule assessments of stimulus value. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 42 (3), 729-733. [PDF]
DELEON, I.G., CHASE, J.A., FRANK-CRAWFORD, M.A., CARREAU-WEBSTER, A.B., TRIGGS, M.M. & BULLOCK, C.E. (2014). Distributed and accumulated reinforcement arrangements : Evaluations of efficacy and preference. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 47 (2), 293- 313. [PDF]
Deleuze Gilles (Paris 1925-1995 Paris) : Philosophe français et figure de proue du postmoderniste. Collaborateur de Guattari.
DELEUZE, G. (1969). Logique du sens. Paris : Les Éditions de minuit.
DELEUZE, G. et GUATARRI, F. (1972). L'anti-oedipe : capitalisme et schizophrénie. Paris : Les Éditions de Minuit.
DELEUZE, G. (1983). L'image-mouvement. Paris : Les Éditions de Minuit.
DELEUZE, G. (1985). L'image-temps. Paris : Les Éditions de Minuit.
DELEUZE, G. et PARNET, C. (1996). Dialogues. Paris : Champs/Flammarion.
Delfabbro Paul H. ( ) : Psychologue australien, spécialisé dans l'étude du jeu de hasard et du jeu compulsif. Collaborateur de Derevensky, Griffiths, Gupta, King et Volberg.
DELFABBRO, P.H. & WINEFIELD, A.H. (1999). Poker machine gambling : an analysis of within session characteristics. British Journal of Psychology, 90, 425-439.
DELFABBRO, P.H. & WINEFIELD, A.H. (2000). Predictors of irrational thinking in slot-machine gambling. Journal of Psychology, 134, 17-28.
DELFABBRO, P.H. (2000). Gender differences in Australian gambling : a critical summary of sociological and psychological research. Australian Journal of Social Issues, 35, 145-157.
DELFABBRO, P.H. (2004). The stubborn logic of regular gamblers : obstacles and dilemmas in cognitive gambling research. Journal of Gambling Studies, 20, 1-21.
DELFABBRO, P.H., HIRTE, C., ROGERS, N. & WILSON, R. (2010). The over-representation of young indigenous people in the South Australian child system : A longitudinal analysis. Children & Youth Services Review, 32, 1418-1425.
Delgado Mauricio R. ( ) : Neuropsychologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du striatum et des déterminants biogénétiques de l'apprentissage et du conditionnement. Étudiant de Phelps.
DELGADO, M.R., LOCKE, H.M., STENGER, V.A. & FIEZ, J.A. (2000). Dorsal striatum responses to reward and punishment : Effects of valence and magnitude manipulations. Journal of Cognitive, Affective, & Behavioral Neuroscience, 3 (1), 27-38. [PDF]
DELGADO, M.R., MILLER, M.M, INATI, S. & PHELPS, E.A. (2005). An fMRI study of reward-related probability learning. NeuroImage, 24 (3), 862-873. [PDF]
DELGADO, M.R., OLSSON, A. & PHELPS, E.A. (2006). Extending animal models of fear conditioning to humans. Biological Psychology, 73 (1), 39-48. [PDF]
DELGADO, M.R. (2007). Reward-related responses in the human striatum. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1104, 70-88. [PDF]
DELGADO, M.R. & DICKERERSON, K.C. (2012). Reward-related learning via multiple memory systems. Biological Psychiatry, 72, 134-141. [PDF]
Délinquance/Déliquant : Délinquance et adolescent agresseur. Delinquency.

  BURT, C.L. (1925). The young delinquent. London : University of London Press. VITARO, F., BRENDGEN, M. & TREMBLAY, R.E. (2000). Influence of deviant friends on delinquency : Searching for moderator variables. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 28, 313-325.
BANDURA, A. & WALTERS, R. H. (1958). Dependency conflicts in aggressive delinquents. Journal of Social Issues, 14, 52-65. VITARO, F., LADOUCEUR, R. & TREMBLAY, R.E. (2001). Gambling, delinquency, and drug use during adolescence : Mutual influences and common risk factors. Journal of Gambling Studies, 17, 171-190.
BURCHARD, J.D. & TYLER, V.O. (1965). Modification of delinquent behavior through operant conditioning. Behavior Research & Therapy, 2, 245-250. PRINZ, R.J. & KERNS, S.E.U. (2003). Early substance use by juvenile offenders. Child Psychiatry & Human Development, 33, 263-278.
CUSSON, M. (1974). La resocialisation du jeune délinquant. Montréal : Le Presses de l'Université de Montréal. [PDF]  
CONGER, J.J., MILLER, W.C. & WALSMITH, C.R. (1975). Antecedent of delinquency : Personality, social class, and intelligence. In P.H. Mussen, J.J. Conger & J. Kagan (Eds.), Readings in child development and personality. New York : Harper & Row. LACOURSE, E., NAGIN, D., TREMBLAY, R.E., VITARO, F. & CLAES, M. (2003). Developmental trajectories of boys' delinquent group membership and facilitation of violent behaviors during adolescence. Development & Psychopathology, 15, 183-197
ALEXANDER, J.E., BARTON, C., SCHIAVO, R.S. & PARSONS, B.V. (1976). Systems behavioral intervention with families of delinquents : Therapists characteristics, family behavior, and outcome. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 44, 656-664.  
HIRSCHI, T. & HINDELANG, M. (1977). Intelligence and delinquency : A revisionist review. American Journal of Sociology, 42, 571-587.  
AGNEW, R. (1985). A revised strain theory of delinquency. Social Forces, 64, 151-167.  
GOTTFREDSON, G.D. (1987). Peer group interventions to reduce the risk of delinquent behavior : a selective review and a new evaluation. Criminology, 25, 671-714. AICHORN, A. (2007). Cliniques de la délinquance. Éditeur : Champ Social et Theetete/Collection : Psychanalyse Champ Social.
AGNEW, R. (1992). Foundation for a general strain theory of crime and delinquency. Criminology, 30, 47-87.  
WHITE, J.L., MOFFITT, T.E., CASPI, A., BARTUSCH, D.J., NEEDLES, D. & STOUTHAMER-LOEBER, M. (1994). Measuring impulsivity and examining its relationship to delinquency. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 10 (3), 192-205. WALDMAN, I.D. & LAHEY, B.B. ( ). Oppositional defiant and conduct disorder : Conduct disorder, and juvenile delinquency. In (.pp. 411-437). [PDF]
  BURKE, J.D. WALDMAN, I.D. & LAHEY, B.B. (2010). Predictive validity of childhood oppositional defiant disorder and conduct disorder: implications for the DSM-V. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 119 (4), 739-751.
ROSS, L.E. (1996). The relationship between religion, self-esteem and delinquency. Journal of Crime & Justice, 19 (2), 195-214. TEMCHEFF, C.E., ST-PIERRE, R.A. & DEREVENSKY, J.L. (2011). Youth gambling and delinquency : Legislative and social policy implications. Gaming Law Review & Economics, 15 (9), 539-552.
Voir aussi Délinquance sexuelle et Criminalité
Délinquance sexuelle/Délinquant sexuel : Délinquance sexuelle, viol et adolescent agresseur. Sexual delinquency, Adolescent sex offenders, juvenile sexual offender.
  GROTH, A.N. (1977). The adolescent sexual offender and his prey. International Journal of Offender Therapy & Comparative Criminology, 21 (3), 249-254. STEEN, C. & MONETTE, B. (1989). Treating adolescent sex offenders in the community. Springfield, Illinois : Charles C. Thomas.
DEISHER, R.W., WENET, G.A., PAPERNY, D.M., CLARK, T.F. & FEHRENBACH, P.A. (1982). Adolescent sexual offense behavior : The role of the physician. Journal of Adolescent Health Care, 2, 279-286. HUNTER, J.A. & SANTOS, D.R. (1990). The use of specialized cognitive-behavioral therapies in the treatment of adolescent sexual offenders. International Journal of Offender Therapy & Comparative Crirninology, 34 (3), 239-248.
MARGOLIN, L. (1983). A treatment model for the adolescent sex offender. Journal of Offender Counseling. Services & Rehabilitation, 8 (1/2), 1-12. STEVENSON, H.C. & WIMBERLEY, R. (1990). Assessment of treatment impact of sexually aggressive youth. Journal of Offender Counseling, Services & Rehabilitation, 15 (2), 55-68.
AWAD, G.A., SAUNDERS, E. & LEVENE, J. (1984). A clinical study of male adolescent sexual offenders. International Journal of Offender Therapy & Comparative Criminology, 28 (2), 105-115. RYAN, G. & LANE, S. (1991). Juvenile sexual offending : Causes, consequences, and correction. Lexington MA : Lexington Books.
VAN NESS, S.R. (1984). Rape as instrumental violence : A study of youth offenders. Journal of Offender Counseling, Services & Rehabilitation, 9 (1), 161-170. RYAN, G. (1991). Juvenile sex offenders : Defining the population. In G.D. Ryan & S.L. Lane (Eds.), Juvenile sexual offending : Causes, consequences, and corrections (pp. 3-8). Lexington, MA : Lexington Books.
EARLS, C. M. & QUINSEY, V.L. (1985). What is to be done? Future research on the assessment and behavioral treatment of sex offenders. Behavioural Sciences & the Law, 3 (4), 377-390. ROSS, J.E. & LOSS, P. (1991). Assessment of Adolescent Sex Offenders. In G.D. Ryan & S.L. Lane (Eds.), Juvenile sexual offending : Causes, consequences, and corrections (pp. 199-251). Lexington, MA : Lexington Books.
FEHRENBACH, P.A., SMITH, W., MONASTERSKY, C. & DEISHER, R.W. (1986). Adolescent sexual offenders : Offender and offense characteristics. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 56 (2), 225-233. WORLING, J.R. (1995). Adolescent sex offenders against females : Differences based on the age of their victims. International Journal of Offender Therapy & Comparative Criminology, 39 (3), 276-293.
SAUNDERS, E., AWAD, G.A. & WHITE, G. (1986). Male adolescent sexual offenders : the offender and the offense. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 31, 542-549. VITARO, F., BRENDGEN, M. & TREMBLAY, R.E. (2000). Influence of deviant friends on delinquency : Searching for moderator variables. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 28, 313-325.
DAVIS, G.E. & LEITNEBERG, H. (1987). Adolescent sex offenders. Psychological Bulletin, 101 (3), 417-427. HENGELLER, S.W. & SHEIDOW, A.J. (2003). Conduct dis- order and delinquency. Journal of Marital & Family Therapy, 29, 505-522.
SMITH, W.R. (1988). Delinquency and abuse among juvenile sexual offenders. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 3, 400-413. PAPACOSTA, E.S. (2012). Juvenile delinquency in cyprus: the role of gender, ethnicity, and family status. In S.R. Jimerson & M.J. Furlong (Eds.), Handbook of school violence and school safety. Routledge.
 
Délire/Delirium : Symptôme de nombreuses maladies, notamment la schizophrénie. Renvoie à de nombreux comportements/traits, notamment un discours incohérent, un sentiment de persécution ou de paranoïa, des idées de grandeur, des hallucinations, des peurs non-fondées, etc. = confusion mentale. Delusion.

  SHARPE, E.F. (1930). Certain aspects of sublimation and delusion. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 11, 12-23. GOLD, I. & HOHWY, J. (2000). Rationality and schizophrenic delusion. Mind & Language, 15, 145-167.
SCHMIDEBERG, M. (1931). A contribution to the psychology of persecutory ideas and delusions. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 12, 331-367. FREEMAN, D., GARETY, P.A. & PHILLIPS, M.L. (2000). An examination of hypervigilance for external threat in individuals with generalised anxiety disorder and individuals with persecutory delusions using visual scan paths. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 53A, 549-567.
EY, H. (1934). Hallucinations et délire. Paris : Alcan. FREEMAN, D., GARETY, P.A. & KUIPERS, E., (2001). Persecutory delusions : Developing the understanding of belief maintenance and emotional distress. Psychological Medicine 31, 1293-1306.
  BLACKWOOD, N.J., HOWARD, R., BENTALL, R.P. & MURRAY, R.M. (2001). Cognitive neuropsychiatric models of persecutory delusions. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158, 527-539.
  BENTALL, R.P., CORCORAN, R., HOWARD, R., BLACKWOOD, N. & KIDERMAN, P. (2001). Persecutory delusions : A review and theoretical integration. Clinical Psychology Review, 21, 1143- 1192.
BECK, A.T. (1952). Successful outpatient psychotherapy of a chronic schizophrenic with a delusion based on borrowed guilt. Psychiatry, 15, 305-312. FREEMAN, D., GARETY, P.A., KUIPERS, E., FOWLER, D. & BEBBINGTON, P.E. (2002). A cognitive model of persecutory delusions. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 41, 331-347. [PDF]
  FREEMAN, D. & GARETY, P.A. (2003). Connecting neurosis and psychosis : The direct influence of emotion on delusions and hallucinations. Behavior Research & Therapy, 41, 923-497.
NYDEGGER, R. (1972). The elimination of hallucinatory and delusional behavior by verbal conditioning and assertive training : A case study. Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 3, 225-227. CATHER, C., PENN, D., OTTO, M. & GOFF, D.C. (2004). Cognitive therapy for delusions in schizophrenia : Models, benefits, and new approaches.Journal of Cognitive Psychotherapy : An International Quarterly, 18, 207-221.
LIBERMAN, R.P., TEIGEN, J., PATTERSON, R. & BAKER, V. (1973). Reducing delusional speech in chronic, paranoid schizophrenics. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 6 (1), 57-64. [PDF] MORITZ, S. & WOODWARD, T.S (2005). Jumping to conclusions in delusional and non-delusional schizophrenic patients. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 44 (2), 193-207. [PDF]
SEGAL, H. (1974). Delusion and artistic creativity. International Review of Psychoanalysis, 1, 135-140. GARETY, P.A., FREEMAN, D., BEBBINGTON, P.E., KUIPERS, E., DUNN, G., FOWLER, D.G. & DUDLEY, R. (2006). Reasoning, emotions, and delusional conviction in psychosis. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 114 (3), 373-384. [PDF]
KENDLER, K.S. & HAYS, P. (1981). Paranoid psychosis (delusional disorder) and schizophrenia : A family history study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 38, 547-551. BELL, V., HALLIGAN, P.W. & ELLIS, H.D. (2006). Explaining delusions : a cognitive perspective. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 10 (5), 219-26. [PDF]
LAYNG, T.V.J. & ANDRONIS, P.T. (1984). Toward a functional analysis of delusional speech and hallucinatory behavior. The Behavior Analyst, 7 (2), 139-156. [PDF] COMBS, D.R., TIEGREEN, J. & NELSON, A. (2007). The use of behavioral experiments to modify delusion and paranoia: Clinical guidelines and Recommendations. International Journal of Behavioral Consultation & Therapy, 3 (1), 30-37. [PDF]
CHADWICK, P.D.J. & LOWE, C.F. (1990). Measurement and modification of delusional beliefs. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 58, 225-232. [PDF] WOODWARD, T.S. & MENON, M. & WHITMAN, J.C. (2007). Source monitoring biases and auditory hallucinations. Cognitive Neuropsychiatry, 12 (6), 477-494. [PDF]
WESSELY, S., BUCHANAN, A., REED, A., CUTTING, J., EVERITT, B., GARETY, P. & TAYLOR, P.J. (1993). Acting on delusions (1) : Prevalence. British Journal of Psychiatry, 163, 69-76. BENTALL, R.P., ROWSE, G., SHRYANE, N., KINDERMAN, P., HOWARD, R., BLACKWOOD, N., MOORE, R. & CORCORAN, R. (2009). The cognitive and affective structure of paranoid delusions : A transdiagnostic investigation of patients with schizophrenia spectrum disorders and depression. Archives of General Psychiatry, 66 (3), 236-247. [PDF]
CHADWICK, P.D.J. & LOWE, C.F. (1994). A cognitive approach to measuring and modifying delusions. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 32, 355-367. SPEECHLEY, W.J., MORITZ, S., NGAN, E.T.C. & WOODWARD, T.S. (2012). Impaired evidence integration and delusions in shizophrenia. Journal of Experimental Psychopathology, 3 (4), 688-701. [PDF]
CHADWICK, P.D.J. & LOWE, C.F., HORNE, P.J. & IGSON, P.J. (1994). Modifying delusions: The role of empirical testing. Behavior Therapy, 25, 35-49. WHITMAN, J.C., MENON, M., KUO, S.S. & WOODWARD, T.S. (2013). Bias in favour of self-selected hypotheses is associated with delusion severity in schizophrenia. Cognitive Neuropsychiatry, 18 (5), 376-389. [PDF]
TROWER, P. & CHADWICK, P.D.J. (1995). Pathways to defense of the self : A theory of two types of paranoia. Clinical Psychology : Science & Practice, 2, 263-278. GARETY, P.A. & FREEMAN, D. (2013). The past and future of delusions research : from the inexplicable to the treatable. British Journal of Psychiatry, 203, 327-333
CHADWICK, P.D.J., BIRCHWOOD, M.J. & TROWER, P. (1996). Cognitive therapy for delusions, voices and paranoia. Chichester, UK : Wiley.  
GARETY, P.A. & FREEMAN, D. (1999). Cognitive approaches to delusions : A critical review of theories and evidence. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 38 (2), 113-154. MONESTES, J.L., VILLATTE, M., STEWART, I. & LOAS, G. (2014). Rule-based insensitivity and delusion maintenance in schizophrenia. The Psychological Record, 64 (2), 329-338.
READ, J. & ARGYLE, N. (1999). Hallucinations, delusions, and thought disorder among adult psychiatric inpatients with a history of child abuse. Psychiatric Services, 50, 1467-1472. [PDF]  
APPLEBAUM, P.S., ROBBINS, P.C. & ROTH, L.H. (1999). Dimensional approach to delusions: Comparison across types and diagnoses. American Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 1938-1943. FREEMAN, D. (2016). Persecutory delusions : a cognitive perspective on understanding and treatment. The Lancet Psychiatry, 3 (7), 685-692.
Voir aussi Psychose, Paranoïa, Hallucinations et Schizophrénie
Délire paranoïde : = délire de persécution. Bizarre speech, persecutory delusions, paranoid delusions.

  MACE, F.C. & LALLI, J.S. (1991). Linking descriptive and experimental analyses in the treatment of bizarre speech. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 24 (3), 553-562. [PDF]
LYON, H.M., KANEY, S. & BENTALL, R.P. (1994). The defensive function of persecutory delusions : Evidence from attribution tasks. British Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 637-646.
FREEMAN, D., GARETY, P.A., KUIPERS, E., FOWLER, D. & BEBBINGTON, P.E. (2002). A cognitive model of persecutory delusions. British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 41, 331-347. [PDF]
BELL, V., HALLIGAN, P.W. & ELLIS, H.D. (2006). Explaining delusions : a cognitive perspective. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 10 (5), 219-226. [PDF]
MOUTOUSSIS, M. WILLIAMS, J. DAYAN, P. & BENTALL, R.P. (2007). Persecutory delusions and the conditioned avoidance paradigm : Towards an integration of the psychology and biology of paranoia. Cognitive Neuropsychiatry, 12 (6), 495-510. [PDF]
BENTALL, R.P., ROWSE, G., SHRYANE, N., KINDERMAN, P., HOWARD, R., BLACKWOOD, N., MOORE, R. & CORCORAN, R. (2009). The cognitive and affective structure of paranoid delusions : A transdiagnostic investigation of patients with schizophrenia spectrum disorders and depression. Archives of General Psychiatry, 66 (3), 236-247. [PDF]
Voir aussi Schizophrénie paranoiaque
Delirium tremens : Chez le toxicomane, ensemble des symptômes produits par le sevrage (hallucinations, tremblement, agitation, convulsion, délire, etc.). Delirium tremens.

  WOLF, K.M., SHAUGHNESSY, A.F. & MIDDLETON, D.B. (1993). Prolonged delirium tremens requiring massive doses of medication. Journal of the American Board of Family Medicine, 6 (5), 502-504.
Delphy Christine ( ) : Sociologue féministe française et chef de file du féminisme matérialisme.
DELPHY, C. (1975). Proto-féminisme et anti-féminisme. Les Temps Modernes, 346.
DELPHY, C. (1998). L’ennemi principal. I. Economie politique du patriarcat. Paris : Syllepse.
DELPHY, C. (2001). L’ennemi principal. II. Penser le genre. Paris : Syllepse.
DELPHY, C. & CHAPERON, S. (Dirs.) (2002). Le cinquantenaire du deuxième sexe. Paris : Syllepse.
DELPHY, C. & SALESSE, Y. (2002). Pour sortir du libéralisme. Paris : Syllepse.
 
Delquadri Joseph C. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste américain, spécialisé en éducation, plus particulièrement dans l'étude du tutorat. Collaborateur de Greenwood, Kamps et Hall.
DELQUADRI, J., GREENWOOD, C.R., STRETTON, K. & HALL, R.V. (1983). The peer tutoring spelling game : A classroom procedure for increasing opportunity to respond and speling performance. Education & Treatment of Children, 6, 225-239.
DELQUADRI, J., GREENWOOD, C.R., TERTON, K. & HALL, R.V. (1986). The peer tutoring game : A classroom procedure for increasing opportunity to respond and spelling performance. Education & Treatment of Children, 6, 225-239.
DELQUADRI, J., GREENWOOD, C.R., WHORTON, D., CARTA, J.J. & HALL, R.V. (1986). Classwide peer tutoring. Exceptional Children, 52 (6), 535-542. [PDF]
GREENWOOD, C.R., DELQUARDI, J.C. & HALL, R.V. (1989). Longitudinal effects of classwide peer tutoring. Journal of Educational Psychology, 81 (3), 371-383.
GREENWOOD, C.R. & DELQUARDI, J.C. (1995). Classwide peer tutoring and the prevention of school failure. Preventing School Failure, 39 (4), 21-25.
Delta : Quatrième lettre de l'alphabet grec. a) En mathématique, on utilise cette lettre pour désigner la différence entre deux valeurs. En informatique, il renvoie à la variation constante ajouté à une valeur donnée à chaque répétition d'une boucle de rétroaction ou sous-routine (= incrémentation). b) En physiologie, cette lettre désigne également un type d'onde cérébrale qui caratérise un sommeil profond.
Increment.

  a
PIERREL, R. & SHERMAN, J.G. (1962). Generalization and discrimination as a function of the S-D-S delta intensity difference. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 5 (1), 67-71. [PDF]
DEWS, P.B. (1962). The effect of multiple S delta periods on responding on a fixed-interval schedule. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 5 (3), 369-374. [PDF]
b
Delumeau Georges (Nantes 1923-) : Historien français et spécialiste du christianisme, notamment lors de la Renaissance.
DELUMEAU, G. (1967). La civilisation de la Renaissance. Paris : Arthaud.
DELUMEAU, G. (1971). Le Catholicisme de Luther à Voltaire. Nouvelle Clio
DELUMEAU, G. (1977). Le Christianisme va-t-il mourir ? Paris : Hachette.
DELUMEAU, G. (1992). Une histoire du paradis. I : Le Jardin des délices. Paris : Fayard.
DELUMEAU, G. (2013). La seconde gloire de Rome XVe-XVIIe siècle. Perrin.
 
LEBRUN, F. (1972). Jean Delumeau, Le catholicisme entre Luther et Voltaire. Annales, 27 (2), 434-437. [PDF]
ISAMBERT F.-A. (1978). Delumeau (Jean) Le Christianisme va-t-il mourir? [compte-rendu] sem-linkIsambert François-André Archives de Sciences Sociales des Religions Année, 45 (2), 246-247. [PDF]
THILS, G. (1992). Une histoire du Paradis. I : Le Jardin des délices. Revue Théologique de Louvain, 25 (2), 255. [PDF]
Demande : Requête verbale ou écrite qui exprime un désir, un besoin, un souhait. Demande et Comportement d'aide.

Types de demande
Demande d'aide Demande d'emploi Demande de subvention
 
Demande d'aide : Requête écrite ou de vive voix qui exprime un besoin d'aide. Request.

  GROSS, A., WALLSTON, B. & PILIAVIN, I. (1975). Beneficiary attractiveness and cost as determinants of responses to routine requests help. Sociometry, 38, 131-140. JUHNKE, R., BARMANN, B., CUNNINGHAM, M. & SMITH, E. (1987). Effects of attractiveness and nature of request on helping behavior. The Journal of Social Psychology, 127 (4), 317-322. [PDF]
LINDSKOLD, S., FORTE, R., HAAKE, C. & SCHMIDT, E. (1977). The effects of directness of face-to-face requests and sex of solicitor on street corner donations. The Journal of Social Psychology, 101, 45-51. RIND, B. (1997). Effect of interest arousal on compliance with a request for help. Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 19, 49-59.
  GUÉGUEN, N. JACOB, C & LEGOHÉREL, P (2003). Personnalisation, attrait physique et acceptation d'une requête : Une évaluation dans le cas de la communication médiatisée par ordinateur. Revue Canadienne des Sciences du Comportement, 35, 84-96.
WALKER, M., HARRIMAN, S. & COSTELLO, S. (1980). The influence of appearance on compliance with a request. Journal of Social Psychology, 112, 159-160. GUÉGUEN, N., PICHOT, N. & LE DREFF, G. (2005). Similarity and helping behavior on the Web : The impact of the convergence of surnames between a solicitor and a subject in a request made by E-mail. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 35 (2), 423-429. [PDF]
YINON, Y., DOVRAT, M. & AVNI, A. (1981). The reciprocity-arousing potential of the requester's occupation and helping behavior. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 11, 252-258. GUÉGUEN, N. & LAMY, L. (2011). The effect of the word "love" on compliance to a request for humanitarian aid : An evaluation in a field setting. Social Influence 6 (4), 249-258. [PDF]
  GUÉGUEN, N. (2011). Influence of a positive versus negative social labeling on helping behavior : Testing the requests connectivity hypothesis. European Journal of Social Sciences, 19 (2), 175-179. [PDF]
ROGERS M., MILLER, N., MAYER, F.S. & DUVAL, S. (1982). Personal responsibility and salience of the request for help : Determinants of the relation between negative affect and helping behavior. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 43, 956-970. GUÉGUEN, N., MARTIN, A. & MEINERI, S. (2011). Mimicry and altruism : An evaluation of mimicry on explicit helping request. The Journal of Social Psychology, 151 (1), 1-4. [PDF]
Voir aussi Comportement d'aide
Demande d'emploi : Démarche que l'on entreprend dans le but de se trouver un travail, un emploi. Cette démarche comprend : l'obtention de lettres de recommandation, la rédaction d'un CV et la sollication d'une entrevue d'embauche. Job applicant.

  HEILMAN, M.E., MARTELL, R.F. & SIMON, M.C. (1988). The vagaries of sex bias : Conditions regulating the undervaluation, equivalence, and overvaluation of female job applicants. Organizational Behavior & Human Decision Processes, 41, 98-110.
SCHMADER, T., WHITEHEAD, J. & WYSOCKI, V.H. (2007). A linguistic comparison of letters of recommendation for male and female chemistry and biochemistry job applicants. Sex Roles, 57, 509-514. [PDF]
Voir aussi Lettre de recommandation, CV et Entrevue d'embauche
Demande de subvention : Projet écrit qui présente la problématique et la méthode d'une recherche ou d'une intervention, rédigé par un chercheur et soumis aux organismes subventionnaires afin d'obtenir les sommes nécessaires à la réalisation de la dite recherche.

  Voir aussi Organismes subventionnaires et Subvention
Démarche scientifique : Le mot renvoie aux étapes qu'il faut franchir pour appliquer correctement à un problème la méthode scientifique. Ici, le mot démarche met l'accent sur l'action, l'initiative, par opposition à la simple réflexion loqiue ou théorique. En ce sens, il est synonyme de méthode scientifique.

  BEAUGRAND, J. (1988). Démarche scientifique et cycle de la recherche. Dans M. Robert (Dir.), Fondements et étapes de la recherche scientifique en psychologie (1-34). St-Hyacinthe : Édisem.
Démarche d'Intégration (des acquis) en Sciences Humaines (DISH) : Au Québec, cours de niveau collégial dont l'objectif est d'évaluer les acquis/apprentissages réalisés dans le programme des sciences humaines et de préparer les étudiants à l'université. = DISH, DIASH.
  WESP, R. (1986). Reducing procrastination through required course involvement. Teaching of Psychology, 13, 128-130.
MARCHANT, G.J. (2002). Student reading of assigned articles : Will this be on the test ? Teaching of Psychology, 29, 49-51.
Voir aussi IPMSH
Demause Lloyd (1931-) : Politologue américain, spécialiste de la psychohistoire.
DEMAUSE, L. (1974). History of childhood. New York : The Psychohistory Press.
DEMAUSE, L. (1975). A bibliography of psychohistory. New York : Garland Pub.
DEMAUSE, L. (1975). The new psychohistory. New York : Psychohistory Press.
DEMAUSE, L. (1982). Foundations of psychohistory. New York : Creative Roots, Inc.
DEMAUSE, L. (2002). The emotional life of nations. New York : Karnac Books.
 
Démence : Trouble neurocognitif. ( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous. Dementia, impairment in frontal.

Démence
Alzheimer Démence de la maladie de Parkinson Démences frontales
Démence/Mesure et évaluation Démence de la MDP Démence précoce
Démence à corps de Lewy Démence fluctuante démence sémantique
 


  NELSON, H.E. & O'CONNELL, A. (1978). Dementia : The estimation of premorbid intelligence levels using the new adult reading test. Cortex, 14 (2), 234-244. INEICHEN, B. (2000). The epidemiology of dementia in Africa : A review. Social Science & Medicine, 50, 1673-1677.
ROSEN, W.G. (1980). Verbal fluency in aging and dementia. Journal of Clinical Neuropsychology, 2, 135-146. VOLKOW, N.D., LOGAN, J., FOWLER, J.S., WANG, G.J., GUR, R.C., WONG, C., FELDER, C., GATLEY, S.J., DING, Y.S., HITZEMANN, R. & PAPPAS, N. (2000). Association between age-related decline in brain dopamine activity and impairment in frontal and cingulate metabolism. American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 75-80.
BUTLER, R.N. (1984). Senile dementia : Reversible and irreversible. The Counseling Psychologist, 12, 75-79. ANETZBERGER, G.J., PALMISANO, B.R., SANDERS, M., BASS, D., DAYTON, C., ECKERT, S. & SCHIMER M.R. (2000). A model intervention for elder abuse and dementia. Gerontologist, 40 (4), 492-497.
MITCHELL, D.B., HUNT, R.R. & SCHMITT, F.A. (1986). The generation effect and reality monitoring : Evidence from dementia and normal aging. Journal of Gerontology, 41 (1), 79-84. BARRETT, A.M., CRUCIAN, G.P., SCHWARTZ, R.L. & HEILMAN, K.M. (2000). Testing memory for self-generated items in dementia : Method makes a difference. Neurology, 54, 1258-1264.
RAZ, N., RAZ, S., YEO, R.A., TURKHEIMER, E., BIGLER, E.D. & CULLUM, C.M. (1987). Relationship between cognitive and morphological asymmetry in dementia of the alzheimer type : ACT scan study. International Journal of Neuroscience, 35 (3), 225-232. [PDF]  
SNODGRASS, J.G. & CORWIN, J. (1988). Pragmatics of measuring recognition memory : applications to dementia and amnesia. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 117, 34-50. CALDERON, J., PERRY, R.J., ERZINCLIOGLU, S.W., BERRIOS, G.E., DENING, T.R. & HODGES, J.R. (2001). Perception, attention, and working memory are disproportionately impaired in dementia with Lewy bodies compared with Alzheimer's disease. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 70 (2), 157-164. [PDF]
 AU, R., ALBERT, M.L. & OBLER, L.K. (1988). The relation of aphasia to dementia. Aphasiology, 2, 161-73. BUCHANAN J.A. & FISHER, J.E. (2002). Functional assessment and noncontingent reinforcement in the treatment of disruptive vocalization in elderly dementia patients. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 35 (1), 99-103. [PDF]
CLARFIELD, A.M. (1988). The reversible dementias : Do they reverse ? Annals of Internal Medicine, 109, 476-86. YOUSSEF, F.F. & ADDAE, J.I. (2002). Learning may provide neuroprotection against dementia. West Indian Medical Journal, 51, 143-147.
BREGGIN, P.R. (1990). Brain damage, dementia and persistent cognitive dysfunction associated with neuroleptics : Evidence, etiology, implications. Journal of Mind Behavior, 11, 425-464. [PDF] HÉBERT, R., LÉVESQUE, L., VÉZINA, J., LAVOIE, J.P., DUCHARME, F., GENDRON, C., PRÉVILLE, M., VOYER, L. et DUBOIS, M.F. (2003). Efficacy of a psychoeducative group program for caregivers of demented persons living at home : a randomized controlled trial. Journal of Gerontology : Social Sciences 58b (S6), 58-67.
RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W. & AABBENHUIS, M.A. (1992). Learning and memory in demented patients. In G.M.M. Jones & B.M.L. Miesen (Eds.), Care-giving in dementia : Research and applications (pp. 27-37). London : Routledge. [PDF] ALBINSON, L. & STRANG, P. (2003). Existential concerns of families of late-stage dementia patients : Questions of freedom, choices, isolation, death, and meaning. Journal of Palliative Medicine, 6, 225-235.
SCHULZ, R., O’BRIEN, A.T., BOOKWALA, J. & FLEISSNER, K. (1995). Psychiatric and physical morbidity effects of dementia caregiving : prevalence, correlates, and causes. Gerontologist, 35, 771-791. AGRONIN, M.E. (2004). Dementia : A practical guide. Philadelphia : Lippincott.
ORRELL, M. & SAHAKIAN, B. (1995). Education and dementia. British Medical Journal, 310 (6985), 951-952. [PDF]  GODBOLT, A.K., JOSEPHS, K.A., REVESZ, T., WARRINGTON, E.K., LANTOS, P., KING, A., FOX, N.C., AL SARRAJ, S., HOLTON, J., CIPOLOTTI, L., NADEEM KHAN, M. & ROSSOR, M.N. (2005). Sporadic and familial dementia with ubiquitin-positive tau-negative inclusions : Clinical features of one histopathological abnormality underlying frontotemporal lobar degeneration. Archives of neurology, 62 (7), 1097-1101. [PDF]
BUTTERS, N. & DELIS, D.C. (1995). Clinical assessment of memory disorders in amnesia and dementia. Annual Review of Psychology, 46, 493-523. MESSINGER-RAPPORT, B., McCALLUM, T. & HUJER, M. (2006). Impact of dementia caregiving on the caregiver in the continuum of care. Annals of Long-Term Care, 14, 32-50.
  LUSTIG, C. & BUCKNER, R.L. (2004). Preserved neural correlates of priming in old age and dementia. Neuron, 40, 865-875.
POLLITT, P.A. (1996). Dementia in old age : An anthropological perspective. Psychological Medicine, 26, 1061-1074. BIALYSTOK, E., CRAIK, F.I.M. & FREEDMAN, M. (2007). Bilingualism as a protection against the onset of symptoms of dementia. Neuropsychologia, 45, 459-464. [PDF]
 BERGEM, A.L., ENGEDAL K. & KRINGLEN, E. (1997). The role of heredity in late-onset Alzheimer disease and vascular dementia : A twin study. Archives of General Psychiatry, 54, 264-270. SIKKES S.A., DE LANGE-DE KLERK, E.S., PIJNENBURG, Y.A., SCHELTENS, P. & UITDEHAAG, B.M. (2008). A systematic review of instrumental activities of daily living scales in dementia: room for improvement. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 80 (7), 7-12. [PDF]
LUAUTÉ, J-P., SANSONE, S., BIDAUT, E. et TIBERGHIEN, G. (1997). Syndrome de Capgras et démence. L'Année Gérontologique, 4, 29-44. LIPEROTI, R. PEDONE, C. & CORSONELLO, A. (2008). Antipsychotics for the treatment of behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia (BPSD). Current Neuropharmacology, 6, 117-124. [PDF]
CUMMINGS, J.L. (1997). The neuropsychiatric inventory : assessing psychopathology in dementia patients. Neurology, 48 (5-6), 10-16. GAGNON, L., PERETZ, I. & FULOP, T. (2009). Musical structural determinants of emotional judgments in dementia of the Alzheimer type. Neuropsychology, 23 (1), 90-97.
KETSESZ, A., DAVIDSON, W. & FOX, H. (1997). Frontal lobe behavioural inventory : Diagnostic criteria for frontal lobe dementia. Canadian Journal of Neurological Science, 24, 29-36. KORCYN, A.D. & HALPERIN, I. (2009). Depression and dementia. Journal of the Neurological Sciences, 283, 139-142.
TERI, L., LOGSDON, R.G., UOMOTO, J. & McCERRY, S.M. (1997). Behavioral treatment of depression in dementia patients : A controlled clinical trial. Journal of Gerontology : Psychological Sciences, 52B, 159-166. CASANOVA, M.F., STARKSTEIN, S.E. & JELLINGER, K.A. (2011). Clini-copathological correlates of behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia. Acta Neuropathologica, 122, 117-135.
ERKINJUNTTI, T., OSTBYE, T., STEENHUIS, R. & HACHINSKY, V. (1997). The effect of different diagnostic criteria on the prevalence of dementia. New England Journal of Medecine, 337, 1667-1674. McDANIEL, M.A., SHELTON, J.T., BRENEISER, J., MOYNAN, S. & BALOTA, D. (2011). Focal and nonfocal prospective memory performance in very mild dementia : A signature decline. Neuropsychology, 25, 387-396. [PDF]
LICHTENBERG, P.A., ROSS, T.P., YOUNGBLADE, L.M. & VANGEL, S.J. (1998). The normative studies research project test battery : Detection of dementia in African American and Euro-American urban elderly patients. Clinical Neuropsychologist, 12, 146-154. BILLIOTI DE GAGE, S., BÉGAUD, B., BAZIN, F., VERDOUX, H., DARTIGUES, J.-F., PÉRÈS, K., KURTH, T. & PARIENTE, A. Benzodiazepine use and risk of dementia: prospective population based study. British Medical Journal, [345], 1-12. [PDF] + [PDF]
HERRMANN, N., RIVARD, M.F., FLYNN, M., WARD, C., RABHERU, K. & CAMPBELL, B. (1998). Risperidone for the treatment of behavioral disturbances in dementia: a case series. Journal of Neuropsychiatry Clinical Neurosciences, 10 (2), 220-223. CEREJEIRA, J., LAGARTO, L. & MUKAETOVA-LADINSKA, E.B. (2012). Behavioral and psychological symptoms of dementia. Frontiers in Neurology, 3 (73), 1-121. [PDF]
KATZ, I.R., JESTE, D.V., MINTZER, J.E., CLYDE, C., NAPOLITANO J. & BRECHER, M. (1999). Comparison of risperidone and placebo for psychosis and behavioral disturbances associated with dementia : a randomized, double-blind trial. Risperidone study group. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 60 (2), 107-115. SUBRAMANIAM, P. & WOODS, B. (2012). The impact of individual reminiscence therapy for people with dementia : systematic review. Expert Review of Neurotherapeutics, 12 (5), 545-555.
Voir aussi Trouble neurocognitif et Alzheimer
Démence (Évaluation et mesure de la...) : Ensemble des critères de diagnostic, des tests et des outils de collecte de données qui permettent d'évaluer et de mesurer la démence.
  COHEN-MANSFIELD, J. (1999). Measurement of inappropriate behavior associated with dementia. Journal of Gerontological Nursing, 25, 42-51.
FELDMAN, H., SAUTER, A., DONALD, A., GÉLINAS, I., GAUTHIER, S., TORFS, K., PARYS, W. & MEHNERT, A. (2001). The disability assessment for dementia scale: a 12-month study of functional ability in mild to moderate severity Alzheimer disease. Alzheimer Disease & Associated Disorders, 15, 89-95.
PATTERSON, M.B. & MACK, J.L. (2001). The Cleveland Scale for Activities of Daily Living (CSADL) : Its reliability and validity. Journal of Clinical Geropsychology, 7, 15-28.
KORNER, A., LAURITZEN, L., ABELSKOV, K., GULMANN, N., BRODERSEN, A.M., WEDERVANG-JENSEN, T. & KJELDGAARD, K.M. (2006). The Geriatric Depression Scale and the Cornell Scale for depression in dementia : A validity study. Nordic Journal of Psychiatry, 60 (5), 360-364.
MACK, J.L. & PATTERSON, M.B. (2006). An empirical basis for domains in the analysis of dependency in the activities of daily living (ADL) : results of a confirmatory factor analysis of the Cleveland Scale for Activities of Daily Living (CSADL). The Clinical Neuropsychologist, 20, 662-677.
SIKKES. S.A., DE LANGE-DE KLERK, E.S., PIJNENBURG, Y.A., SCHELTENS, P. & UITDEHAAG, B.M. (2008). A systematic review of Instrumental Activities of Daily Living Scales in Dementia : room for improvement. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 80 (7), 7-12. [PDF]
Voir aussi Démence
Démence à corps de Lewy : Lewy body disease.

  HARDING, A.J., BROE, G.A. & HALLIDAY, G.M. (2002). Visual hallucinations in Lewy body disease. Relate to Lewy bodies in the temporal lobe. Brain, 125 (2), 391-403.
Démence précoce : Maladie mentale découverte par Kraepelin, dont la première forme (dit états déficitaires) correspond de nos jours à la schizophrénie, et la seconde au trouble bipolaire.

 
Dement William Charles (1928-) : Biologiste et physiologiste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du sommeil, plus précisément dans la privation de sommeil et le sommeil paradoxal. Étudiant de Kleitman. Collaborateur de Guilleminault.
DEMENT, W.C. & KLEITMAN, N. (1957). Cyclic variations in EEG during sleep and their relation to eye movements, body motility and dreaming. Electroencephalography & Clinical Neurophysiology, 9, 673-690.
GULEVITCH, G., DEMENT, W.C. & JOHNSON, L. (1966). Psychiatric and EEG observations on a case of prolonged (264 hours) wakefulness. Archives of General Psychiatry, 15, 29-35.
DEMENT, W.C. (1998). The study of human sleep : a historical perspective. Thorax, 53 (3), 2-7.
DEMENT, W.C. (2004). The paradox of sleep : the early years. Archives of Italian Biology, 142 (4), 333-345.
DEMENT, W.C. (2005). History of sleep medicine. Neurological Clinics, 23 (4), 945-965.
Demetriou Andreas (1950-) : Psychologue cognitiviste européeen, d'origine grecque, et spécialiste de l'intelligence et du développement cognitif. Collaborateur de Case.
DEMETRIOU, A. (Ed.) (1988). The neo-Piagetian theories of cognitive development : Toward an integration. Amsterdam : North-Holland.
DEMETRIOU, A. & RAFTOPOULOS, A. (1999). Modeling the developing mind : From structure to change. Developmental Review, 19, 319-368.
DEMETRIOU, A. KYRIAKIDES, L. & AVRAAMIDOU, C. (2003). The missing link in the relations between intelligence and personality. Journal of Research in Personality, 37, 547-581.
DEMETRIOU, A. & KYRIAKIDES, L. (2006). The functional and developmental organization of cognitive developmental sequences. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 76, 209-242.
DEMETRIOU, A. & BAKRACEVIC, K. (2009). Cognitive development from adolescence to middle age : From environment-oriented reasoning to social understanding and self-awareness. Learning & Individual Differences, 19, 181-194.
Demi-vie :
Démocratie : Du grec demos qui signifie «peuple» et de kratein qui veut dire «commander». Régime politique qui repose sur la délégation du pouvoir du peuple aux élus du peuple, délégation réalisé au moyen d'élection par suffrage universel. Democratic society, democracy.

Démocratie
Conditions de la démocratie Démocratie militaire Pseudo-démocratie
 

  TOCQUEVILLE, A. (1835-1840/1963). De la démocratie en Amérique. Paris : Le monde en 10/18. / Democracy in America. London : Saunders & Otley.  REMMER, K. (1990). Democracy and economic crisis : The latin american experience. World Politics, 42, 315-335.
DEWEY, J. (1916). Democracy and education. New York : MacMillan.  SIROWY, L. & INKELES, A. (1990). The effects of democracy on economic growth and inequality : A Review. Studies Comparative International Development, 25, 126-157.
LIPPMAN. W. (1925). The phantom public. Transaction Publishers.  BOLLEN, H.A. (1990). Political democracy : Conceptual and measurement traps. Studies Comparative International Development 25, 7-24. [PDF]
  DIAMOND, L. (1992). Economic development and democracy reconsidered. In L. Diamond & G. Marks (Eds.), Reaxamining democracy. London : Sage.
BERNAYS, E. (1928/2007). Propaganda : New York : Horace Liverigh. / Propaganda : comment manipuler l'opinion en démocratie. Montréal : Lux. CHOMSKY, N. (1993). Necessary illusions : Thought control in democratic societies. Pantheon.
GALLUP, G.H. (1939). Public opinion in a democracy. Princeton : Princeton university. SLOVIC, P. (1993). Perceived risk, trust, and democracy. Risk Analysis, 13 (6), 675-682. [PDF]
  MINTZ, A. & GEVA, N. (1993). Why Don't democracies fight ech other ?: An Experimental Assessment of the political incentive explanation. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 3 (3), 484-503.
BERNAYS, E. (1943). Democratic leadership in total war. BURKHART, R.E. & LEWIS-BECK, M. (1994). Comparative democracy: The economic development thesis. American Political Science Review, 88, 903-910.
DEWEY, J. (1944). Democracy and education. New York : Free Press. KITSCHELT, H. (1994). The transformation of European social democracy. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press.
BOAS, F. (1945). Race and democratic society. NewYork : J.J. Augustin Publisher. TOURAINE, A. (1994). Qu'est-ce que la démocratie ? Paris : Fayard.
  HIRSCH, J. (1995). Nation, state, international regulation and the question of democracy. Review of International Political Economy, 2 (2), 267-284.
SCHUMPETER, J. (1950). Capitalism, socialism, and democracy. New York : Harper. HABERMAS, J. (1996). Between facts and norms : Contributions to a discourse theory of law and democracy. Cambridge Polity Press.
 DOWNS, A. (1957). An economic theory of democracy. New York : Harper & Row. PRATKANIS, A.R. & TURNER, M.E. (1996). Persuasion and democracy : Strategies for increasing deliberative participation and enacting social change. Journal of Social Issues, 52 (1), 187-205.
BECKER, G.S. (1958). Competition and democracy. Journal of Law & Economics, 1, 105-109. KURZMAN C. (1998). Waves of democratization. Studies in Comparative International Development, 33 (1), 42-64
LIPSET, S.M. (1959). Some social requisites of democracy : Economic development and political legitimacy. The American Political Science Review, 53 (1), 69-105. [PDF]  MANN, M. (1999). The dark side of democracy : the modern tradition of ethnic and political cleansing. New Left Review, 235, 18-45.
 WALKER, J.L. (1966). Critique of the elitist theory of democracy. American Political Science Review 60 (2), 285-295.  McCHESNEY, R.W. (1999). Rich media, poor democracy : Communication politics in dubious times. University of Illinois Press.
 RUSTOW, D.C. (1970). Transitions to democ- racy :Toward a dynamic model. Comparative Politics, 2(3), 337-363.  
 BUCHANAN, J.M. (1972). Social choice, democracy, and free markets. Journal of Political Economy, 62, 114-123.  BARRO, R.J. (1999). Determinants of democracy. Journal of Political Economy 107 (S6), 158-183. [PDF]
SOLOMON, D., ALI, F., KFIR, D., HOULIHAN, K. & YAEGER, J. (1972). The development of democratic values and behavior among Mexican-American children. Child Development, 43, 625-683. INGLEHART, R. & KLINGEMANN, H.-D. (2000). Genes, culture, democracy, and happiness. In E. Diener & E.M. Suh (Eds.), Culture and subjective well-being (pp. 165-184). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press.
 HEWITT, C. (1977). The effect of political democracy and social democracy on equality in industrial societies : A cross national comparison. American Sociological Review, 42, 450-464.  HART, R.A. (2000). Democracy and the successful use of economic sanctions. Political Research Quarterly, 53 (2), 267-284. [PDF]
SIDANIUS, J., EKEHAMMAR, B. & ROSS, M. (1979). Comparisons of socio-political attitudes between two democratic societies. International Journal of Psychology, 14, 225-240.  KITCHER, P. (2001). Science, truth and democracy. New York : Oxford University Press.
 WALLERSTEIN, M. (1980). The collapse of democracy in Brazil : Its economic determinants. Latin American Research Review, 15 (3), 3-40. KURZMAN C., WERUM, R. & BURKHART, R.E. (2002). Democracy’s effect on economic growth : A pooled time-series analysis. Studies in Comparative International Development, 37 (1), 3-33. [PDF]
 BOLLEN, K.A. (1980). Issues in the comparative measurement of political democracy. American Sociological Review, 45, 370-390. INGLEHART, R. & WELZEL, C. (2003). Political culture and democracy : Analyzing cross-level linkages. Comparative Politics, 36 (1), 61-79.
 BOLLEN, K.A. & GRANDJEAN, B. (1981). The dimension(s) of democracy : Further issues in the measurement and effects of political democracy. American Sociological Review, 46, 232-239. KAHAN, D.M., SLOVIC, P., BRAMAN, D. & GASTIL, J. (2006). Fear of democracy : A cultural evaluation of Sunstein on risk. [Review of the book Laws of fear: Beyond the precautionary principle]. Harvard Law Review, 119, 1071-1109.
ROSANVALLON, P. (1981). La crise de l'état-providence. Paris : Le Seuil.  
 PRZEWORSKI, A. & WALLERSTEIN, M. (1982). Democratic capitalism at the crossroads. Democracy, 2 (3), 52-68.  LOYER, B. & AGUERRE, C. (2008). Terrorisme et démocratie : les exemples basque et catalan. Hérodote, 130, 112-145. [PDF]
WEEDE, E. (1983). The impact of democracy on economic growth. Kyklos, 36, 21-39. PILET, J.-B. (2008). Régimes politiques des pays occidentaux. Bruxelles : Presses Universitaires de Bruxelles.
 PRZEWORSKI, A. (1985). Capitalism and social democracy. Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press.  
 BOLLEN, K.A. & JACKMAN, R.W. (1985). Political democracy and the size distribution of income. American Sociological Review, 50, (4), 438-457. [PDF]  
 FIORINO, D. (1989). Technical and democratic values in risk analysis. Risk Analysis, 9, 293-299.  MITCHELL, T. (2009). Carbon democracy. Economy & Society, 38 (3), 399-432. [PDF]
 BOLLEN, K.A. & JACKMAN, R.W. (1989). Democracy, stability, and dichotomies. American Sociological Review, 54, 612-621. VAN VUGT, M. (2009). Despotism, democracy and the evolutionary dynamics of leadership and followership. American Psychologist, 64, 54-56.
 ENTMAN, R.M. (1989). Democracy without citizens : Media and the decay of American politics. New York : Oxford University Press. TOMZ, M. & WEEKS, J.L.P. (2013). Public opinion and the democratic peace. American Political Science Review, 107 (4), 849-865.
Voir ausi Régime politique et Élection
Démocratie (Conditions de la...) : Ensemble des conditions qui permettent de qualifier un pays ou un état de démocratique : 1) Élections libres des représentants du peuple (vote); 2) Mode de scrutin qui favorise le pluralisme des partis et la représentation de toutes les couches de la société. 3) Presse indépendante; 4) Justice impartiale et accessible; 5) Contrôle et surveillance des groupes de pression, du pouvoir occulte et de l'armée. 6) Reconnaissance légale des contre-pouvoirs (opposition, mouvements sociaux, syndicats, altermondialisme).

   BOLLEN, K.A. & GRANDJEAN, B. (1981). The dimension(s) of democracy : Further issues in the measurement and effects of political democracy. American Sociological Review, 46, 232-239.
 BARRO, R.J. (1999). Determinants of democracy. Journal of Political Economy, 107 (S6), 158-183. [PDF]
 MANN, M. (1999). The dark side of democracy : the modern tradition of ethnic and political cleansing. New Left Review, 235, 18-45.
 KITCHER, P. (2001). Science, truth and democracy. New York : Oxford University Press.
TOMZ, M. & WEEKS, J.L.P. (2013). Public opinion and the democratic peace. American Political Science Review, 107 (4), 849-865.
Voir aussi Démocratie
Démocratie (Pseudo...) : Pays qui possède des institutions (chambre, assemblée, tribunaux, etc.) et des valeurs (chartes, constitution, codes ciivil et criminel, etc.) démocratiques, mais dont l'influence de ces institutions/valeurs sur les décisions gouvernementales est inférieure au pouvoir des entreprises privées, des groupes de pression, de l'armée, des bailleurs de fonds ou de certaines grandes familles, etc. Les pseudodémocraties sont en fait des ploutocraties ou des oligarchies.

  Voir aussi Démocratie
Démocratie militaire : Tout pays dont l'organisation et le fonctionnement interne et externe (politique étrangère) sont conformes aux principes d'une démocratie, mais qui agit fréquemment comme une dictature militaire au-delà de ses frontières (torture, police secrète, base militaire à l'étranger, vente d'armes). Démocratie militaire et pseudodémocratie.

  Voir aussi Démocratie
Démographie/Démographique : Science au carrefour de la statistique et de la sociologie, qui étudie les comportements sociaux et les mouvements migratoires des populations et les conséquences de ces comportements/mouvements sur les sociétés/pays. ( ): Bertillon, Castonguay, Henripin, Lapierre-Adamcyk,Termote. Demography.

   MATHEWS, G. (1984). Le choc démographique. Montréal : Boréal Express.
 TSUI, A.S. & O'REILLY, C.A. (1989). Beyond simple demographic effects : the importance of relational demog- raphy in superior-subordinate dyads. Academy of Management Journal, 32, 402–423.
 TSUI, A.S., EGAN, T.D. & O'REILLY, C.A. (1992). Being different : relational demography and organizational commitment. Administrative Science Quarterly, 37, 549–579.
 BAILEY, M. (1996). Demographic decline in late medieval England : Some thoughts on recent research. The Economic History Review, 49, 1-19.
 WILLIAMS, K.Y. & O’REILLY, C.A. (1998). Demography and diversity in organizations : A review of 40 years of research. In B. Staw & R. Sutton (Eds.), Research in organizational behavior (Vol. 20, pp. 77-140). Greenwich, CT : JAI Press.
GRIFFITHS, M., DAVIES, M.N.O. & CHAPPELL, D. (2004). Demographic factors and playing variables in online computer gaming. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 7 (4), 479-487. [PDF]
 INSTITUT DE LA STATISTIQUE DU QUÉBEC (2009). Perspectives démographiques du Québec et régions, 2006-2056. Québec.
Voir aussi Déterminant soci-économique
Démons de Maxwell : Entité fictive imaginée en 1871 par James Clerk Maxwell afin de mettre à l’épreuve la seconde loi de la thermodynamique. Il s'agit d'une variable intermédaire de type métaphorique. En psychologie, on fait souvent appel à ces "démon"pour qualifier une explication ou une théorie qui semble peu crédible ou accorder trop d'importance à des phénomènes nouveaux et flous, qui échappent à l'observation. Maxwell's demon.
 
DENDRITE - DÉNÉGATION - DÉNI - DENIS - DENMARK - DENNETT - DENSON - DENT/DENTISTE - DENZIN - DÉONTOLOGIE - DET
Deneault Alain (1970-) : Philosophe québécois. Il s'intéresse notamment aux paradis fiscaux.
DENEAULT, A., ABADIE, D. & SACHER, W. (2008). Noir Canada: Pillage, corruption et criminalité en Afrique. Montréal : Écosociété.
DENEAULT, A. (2010). Offshore: Paradis fiscaux et souveraineté criminelle. La Fabrique Éditions.
DENEAULT, A. (2014). Paradis fiscaux : La fillière canadienne : Barbade, Caïmans, Bahamas, Nouvelle-Écosse, Ontario... Montréal : Écosociété.
DENEAULT, A. (2015). La Médiocratie: Politiques de l'extrême-centre. LUX.
DENEAULT, A. (2016). Une escroquerie légalisée : Précis sur les "paradis fiscaux". Montréal : Écosociété.
Dendrite : Ramifications rattachées au corps cellulaire d'un neurone qui reçoivent l'influx nerveux en provenance d'autres neurones. Dendrite.

 
 
CLARE, M.H. & BISHOP, G.H. (1955). Properties of dendrites; apical dendrites of the cat cortex. EEG Clinical Neurophysiology, 7, 85-98. LABERGE, D. & KASEVICH, R.S. (2007). The apical dendrite theory of consciousness. Neural Networks, 20, 1004-1020.
MacLENNAN, B. (1993). Information processing in the dendritic net. In K.H. Pribram (Ed.), Rethinking neural networks. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. LABERGE, D. (2009). Resonant Dendrites: Music for flute and computer. Claire Trevor School of the Arts, University of California, Irvine.
GALEA, L.A., MCEWEN, B.S., TANAPAT, P., DEAK, T., SPENCER, R.L. & DHABHAR, F.S. (1997). Sex differences in dendritic atrophy of CA3 pyramidal neurons in response to chronic restraint stress. Neuroscience, 81, 689-697.  
LABERGE, D. (2005). Sustained attention and apical dendrite activity in recurrent circuits. Brain Research Reviews, 50, 86-99. VOLMAN, V., LEVINE, H., BEN-JACOB, E. & SEJNOWSKI, T.J. (2009). Locally balanced dendritic integration by short-term synaptic plasticity and active dendritic conductance. Journal of Neurophysiology, 102, 3234-3250. [PDF]
ATHERTON, J.F. & BEVAN, M.D. (2005). Ionic mechanisms underlying autonomous action potential generation in the somata and dendrites of GABAergic substantia nigra pars reticulata neurons in vitro. Journal of Neuroscience, 25 (36), 8272-8281. KASEVICH, R.S. & LABERGE, D.. (2010). Theory of electric resonance in the neocortical apical dendrite. PLoS ONE, 6 (8), e23412.
LABERGE, D. (2006). Apical dendrite activity in cognition and consciousness. Consciousness & Cognition, 15, 235-257. NISHIMURA, M., GU, X. & SWANN, J.W. (2011). Seizures in early life suppress hippocampal dendrite growth while impairing spatial learning. Neurobiology of Disease, 44 (2), 205-214. [PDF]
CARPENTER, M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human neuroanatomy. Londres : Williams & Wilkins. Voir aussi Neurone et Influx nerveux
Dénégation : Mécanisme de défense par lequel le sujet névrosé, tout en formulant un de ses désirs, pensées, sentiments jusqu'ici refoulé, continue à s'en défendre en niant qu'il lui appartienne. La dénégation, contrairement au déni, n'est pas un refus de la réalité ou d'un élément de cette dernière. = négation, refus de la vérité. *deni. Negation.

  FREUD, S. (1925). Negation. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 6, 367-371. FEIGENBAUM, A. (1961). Notes on affirmation and negation in human speech - Their linguistic expression and biological and psychological background. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 30, 243-258.
PENROSE, L.S. (1927). Some psycho-analytical notes on negation. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 8, 47-52. FEIGENBAUM, A. (1963). Notes on negation, affirmation, and magical thinking. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 32, 215-245.
FENICHEL, O. (1941). The expressive gestures of affirmation and negation. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 10, 689-690. TSON, R.L. (1994). Neurotic negativism and negation in the psychoanalytic situation. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 49, 293-312.
LAPLANCHE, J. et PONTALIS, J.B. (1967/1998). Vocabulaire de la psychanalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. Voir aussi Mécanisme de défense
De Neys Wim ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste américain d'origine belge, spécialiste de l'étude du raisonnement. Collaborateur de Houdé.
DE NEYS, W., SCHAEKEN, W. & d’YDEWALLE, G. (2003). Inference suppression and semantic memory retrieval : Every counterexample counts. Memory & Cognition, 31, 581-595. [PDF]
DE NEYS, W. (2006). Dual processing in reasoning : Two systems but one reasoner. Psychological Science, 17, 428-433. [PDF]
DE NEYS, W. & VAN GELDER, E. (2008). Logic and belief across the life span : The rise and fall of belief inhibition during syllogistic reasoning. Developmental Science, 12, 123-130. [PDF]
DE NEYS, W. (2011). The freak in all of us : Logical truth seeking without argumentation. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 34, 75-76. [PDF]
DE NEYS, W. & FEREMANS, V. (2013). Development of heuristic bias detection in elementary school. Developmental Psychology, 49, 258-2.69. [PDF]
Déni : Terme employé par Freud et Rogers. Chez Freud, mécanisme de défense qui consiste à refuser de reconnaître la réalité d'une perception traumatisante (essentiellement celle de l'absence du pénis chez la femme). *denégation. Denial, denial of reality, disavowal.
  HORNEY, K. (1933). The denial of the vagina : A contribution to the problem of the genital axieties specific to women. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 14, 57-70.
KATAN, M. (1964). Fetishism, splitting of the ego, and denial. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 45, 237-245.
RUBINFINE, D.L. (1952). On denial of objective sources of anxiety and "pain". Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 21, 543-544.
BECKER, E. (1973). The denial of death. New York : Free Press.
BAUMEISTER, R.F., DALE, K. & SOMMER, K.L. (1998). Freudian defense mechanisms and empirical findings in modern scial psychology : Reaction formation, projection, displacement, undoing, isolation, sublimation, and denial. Journal of Personality, 66 (6), 1081-1124. [PDF]
KNOX, J. (2007). The fear of love : The denial of self in relationship. Journal of Analytical Psychology, 52, 543-563. [PDF]
LAPLANCHE, J. et PONTALIS, J.B. (1967/1998). Vocabulaire de la psychanalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. Voir aussi Mécanisme de défense
Denis/Dennis
Michel Denis Tracy A.Dennis
 
Denis Michel ( ) : Psychologue cognitiviste français. Ses travaux portent notamment sur le rôle des images mentales dans la cognition et la résolution de problème. Collaborateur de Kosslyn et Le Ny.
DENIS, M. (1979). Les images mentales. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
DENIS, M. & LE NY, J.-F. (1986). Centering on figurative features during the comprehension of sentences describing scenes. Psychological Research, 48, 145-152.
DENIS, M. (1989/94). Image et cognition. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
DENIS, M. (1990). Approches différentielles de l’imagerie mentale. Dans M. Reuchlin, J. Lautrey, C. Marendaz & T. Ohlmann (Eds.), Cognition : L’individuel et l’universel (p. 91-120). Paris : Presses Universitaires de France.
DENIS, M. & KOSSLYN, S.M. (1999). Scanning visual mental images : A window on the mind. Current Psychology of Cognition, 18, 409-465.
Denissen Jaap J.A. ( ) : Psychologue évolutionniste danois et spécialiste de l'étude de la personnalité. Collaborateur de Asendorpf, Furnham.
DENISSEN, J.J.A., ZARRETT, N.R. & ECCLES, J.S. (2007). I like to do it, I'm able and I know I am : Longitudinal couplings between domain-specific ability/achievement, self-concept, and interests. Child Development, 78, 430-447.
DENISSEN, J.J.A. & PENKE, L. (2008). Neuroticism predicts reactions to cues of social inclusion. European Journal of Personality, 22, 497-517. [PDF]
DENISSEN, J.J.A, ASENDORPF, J.B. & VAN AKEN, M.A.G. (2008). Childhood personality predicts long-term trajectories of shyness and aggressiveness in the context of demographic transitions in emerging adulthood. Journal of Personality, 76, 67-99.
DENISSEN, J.J.A., BUTALID, L., PENKE, L. & VAN AKEN, M.A.G. (2008). The effects of weather on daily mood : A multilevel approach. Emotion, 8 (5), 662-667. [PDF]
DENISSEN, J.J.A., WOOD, D., PENKE, L. & VAN AKEN, M.A.G.. (2013). Self-regulation underlies temperament and personality : An integrative developmental framework. Child Development Perspectives, 7, 255-260. [PDF]
Denmark Florence Levin (1931-) : Psychosociologue et féministe américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de la violence. Présidente de l'APA en 1980. Collaboratrice de Pepitone, Russo et Unger.
DENMARK, F.L., MURGATROYD, D. & PEPITONE, A. (1965). Effect of differential valuation of group level of aspiration, decision time, and productivity. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 67 (2), 201-209
DENMARK, F.L. & GUTTENTAG, M. (1969). Effect of integrated and non-integrated programs on cognitive change in pre school children. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 29, 375-380.
DENMARK, F.L. (1976). Who discriminates against women ? London : Sage.
DENMARK, F.L. & PALUDI, M. (1993). Psychology of women. Westport, CT. : Greenwood Press.
DENMARK, F.L. (1998). Women and psychology. An international perspective. American Psychologist, 53 (4), 465-473.
Dennett Daniel Clement (Boston 1942-) : Philosophe américain et chef de file de l'instrumentalisme et du matérialisme éliminatif. Il est membre du Comittee for the Scientific Investigation of Claims of the Paranormal. Étudiant de Quine. Professeur de Heyes. Collaborateur de Hofstadter.
DENNETT, D.C. (1969/86). Content and consciousness. Routledge & Kegan Paul Books Ltd.
DENNETT, D.C. (1983). Intentional systems in cognitive ethology : The "Panglossian paradigm" defended. The Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 6, 343-390.
DENNETT, D.C. (1987). The intentional stance. MIT Press.
DENNETT, D.C. (1991/94). Consciousness explained. Boston : Little & Brown. La conscience expliquée. Paris : Odile Jacob.
DENNETT, D.C. (1996/99). Darwin's dangerous idea. Harmondsworth : Penguin. Darwin est-il dangeureux ? Paris : Odile Jacob.
 
BLOCK, N. (1994). What is Dennett's theory a theory of ? Philosophical Topics, 22 (1-2-), 23-40. [LIRE]
ELTON, M. (2003). Daniel Dennett: Reconciling science and our self-conception. Cambridge : Polity Press.
Dennis Tracy A. ( ) : Psychologue américaine et spécialiste de l'étude des émotions et de la régulation, notamment chez les enfants.
DENNIS, T.A., COLE, P.M., ZAHN-WAXLER, C. & MIZUTA, I. (2002). Self in context : Autonomy and relatedness in Japanese and U.S. mother-preschooler dyads. Child Development, 73, 1803-1817. [PDF]
DENNIS, T.A. & CHEN, C. (2007). Emotional face processing and attention performance in three domains : Neurophysiological mechanisms and moderating effects of trait anxiety. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 65, 10-19. [PDF]
DENNIS, T.A. (2007). Interactions between emotion regulation strategies and affective style: Implications for trait anxiety versus depressed mood. Motivation & Emotion, 31, 200-207. [PDF]
DENNIS, T.A. & KELEMEN, D.A. (2009). Preschool children’s views on emotion regulation : Functional associations and implications for social-emotional adjustment. International Journal of Behavioral Development, 33 (3), 243-252. [PDF]
DENNIS, T.A. (2010). Neurophysiological markers for child fmotion regulation from the perspective of emotion-cognition integration : Current directions and future challenges. Developmental Neuropsychology, 35 (2), 212-230. [PDF]
Dénombrement : Voir Recensement.
Dénonciateur/Dénonciation : Whistleblower.

  MARTIN, B. (1999). The whistleblower's handbook : How to be an effective resister. Sydney : Envirobook.
MARTIN, B. & RIFKIN, W. (2004). The dynamics of employee dissent : whistleblowers and organizational jiu-jitsu. Public Organization Review, 4, 221-238.
MARTIN, B. (2007). Whistleblowers : risks and skills. In B. Rappert & C. McLeish (Eds.), A Web of prevention : biological weapons, life sciences and the governance of research (pp. 35-49.) London : Earthscan.
Voir aussi Complot
Dénoter/Dénotation : Ce à quoi correspond un mot, un concept, dans la réalité. = extension. Dénotation et connotation.

  WASON, P.C. & JONES, S. (1963). Negatives : Denotation and connotation. British Journal of Psychology, 54 (4), 299-307.
Voir aussi Extension et Connotation
Densité de la population : Rapport mathématique entre l'espace disponible et le nombre d'individus qui occupe cet espace. Lorsque la densité nuit au bon fonctionnement individuel ou collectif, on parle d'entassement. Densité, ville et population. Population density.

  GORDON P. & RICHARDSON H.W. (1997) Are compact cities a desirable planning goal ? Journal of the American Planning Association 63 (1), 95-106.
BREED, M.D. & BYERS, J.A. (1998). The effect of population density on spacing patterns and behavioral interactions in the cockroach, Byrsotria fumigata. Behavioral & Neural Biology, 27, 523-531
FILION, P., BUNTING, T., PAVLIC, D. & LANGLOIS, P. (2010) Intensification and sprawl : residential density trajectories in Canada's largest metropolitan regions. Urban Geography, 31 (4), 541-569.
Voir aussi Entassement, Ville et Population
Denson Thomas F. ( ) : Neupsychologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des ruminations et de la colère. Il s'intéresse également aux effets de l'alcool et de la marijuana sur la colère et l'agressivité. Collaborateur de Miller et Pedersen.
DENSON, T.F., AVILES F., POLLOCK, V., EALEYWINE, M., VASQUEZ, E.A. & MILLER, N. (2008). The effects of alcohol and the salience of aggressive cues on triggered displaced aggression. Aggressive Behavior, 34, 24-33. [PDF]
DENSON, T.F., PEDERSEN, W.C., RONQUILLO, J. & NANDY, A.S. (2009). The angry brain : Neural correlates of anger, angry rumination, and aggressive personality. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 21, 734-744. [PDF]
DENSON, T.F., SPANOVIC, M. & MILLER N. (2009). Cognitive appraisals and emotions predict cortisol and immune responses : A meta-analysis of acute laboratory social stressors and emotion inductions. Psychological Bulletin, 135, 823-853. [PDF]
DENSON, T.F., GRISHAM, J.R. & MOULDS, M.L. (2011). Cognitive reappraisal increases heart rate variability in response to anger provocation. Motivation & Emotion, 35, 14-22. [PDF]
DENSON, T.F. (2013). The multiple systems model of angry rumination. Personality & Social Psychology Review, 17, 103-123. [PDF]
Dent/Dentiste : Dent, brosser les dents et phobie du dentiste. Tooth, dentist, dental treatment, dental practice.

  BRACE, C.L. (1963). Japanese tooth size, past and present (with Masafumi Nagai). American Journal of Physical Anthropology 59 (4), 399-411. ALLEN, K.D., LOIBEN, T., ALLEN, S.J. & STANLEY, R.T. (1992). Dentist-implemented contingent escape for management of disruptive child behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 25 (3), 629-636. [PDF]
HOLLOWAY, R.L. (1967). Tools and teeth : some speculations regarding caninine reduction. American Anthropologist, 69, 63-67. [PDF]  
LATTAL, K.A (1969). Contingency management of toothbrushing behavior in a summer camp for children. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 2 (3), 195-198. [PDF]  
KOHLENBERG, R.J., GREENBERG, D., RETMORE, L. & HAAS, G. (1972). Behavior modification in the dentist's office. Journal of Dentistry for Children, 3, 61-67. MURTOMAA, H., MILGROM, P., WEINSTEIN, P. & VUOPIO, T. (1996). Dentists' perceptions and management of pain experienced by children during treatment : a survey of groups of dentists in the USA and Finland. International Journal of Paediatric Dentistry, 6, 25-30.
ABRAMSON, E.E. & WUNDERLICH, R.A. (1972). Dental hygiene training for retardates : an application of behavioral techniques. Mental Retardation, 10, 6-8.  
NICKOL, S.D. (1973). Dentistry for the handicapped : a proposal for the use of dental hygienists. Mental Retardation, 11, 46-47.  
ZUCKERMANN, M. (1974). Attribution processes, placebo effect, and anxiety over dental treatment. Representative Research in Social Psychology, 5, 35-4  
HORNER, R.D. & KEILITZ, I. (1975). Training mentally retarded adolescents to brush their teeth. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 8 (3), 301-309. [PDF]  
BRACE, C.L. (1979). Sexual dimorphism in recent human tooth size. American Journal of Physical Anthropology, 50 (3), 422. RISE, J., ASTROM, A.N. & SUTTON, S. (1998). Predicting intentions and use of dental floss among adolescents : An application of the theory of planned behaviour. Psychology & Health, 13, 223-236.
BRACE, C.L. & RYAN, A.S. (1980). Sexual dimorphism and human tooth size differences. Journal of Human Evolution, 9 (5), 417-435. WINCIK, R.L. (1999). Cranial electrotherapy stimulation (CES) : A safe and effective low cost means of anxiety control in dental practice. General Dentistry, 47 (1), 50-55.
GREENE, B.F. & NEISTAT, M.D. (1983). Behavior analysis in consumer affairs : encouraging dental professionals to provide consumers with shielding from unnecessary X-ray exposure. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 16 (1), 13-27. [PDF] GELSKEY, S.C. (2001). Tobacco-use cessation programs and policies at the University of Manitoba’s faculty of dentistry. Journaol of Canadian Dental Association, 67, 145-148. [PDF]
ALLEN, K.D. & STOKES, T.F. (1987). Use of escape and reward in the management of young children during dental treatment. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 20 (4), 381-390. [PDF] DHARAMSI, S, COBAN, S. & COMPTON, S. (2004). Using qualitative research for evidence-based dental hygiene practice. The Canadian Journal of Dental Hygien, 38 (5), 220-225. [PDF]
BRACE, C.L., ROSENBERG, K. & HUNT, K.D. (1987). Gradual change in human tooth size in the late Pleistocene and post-Pleistocene. Evolution, 41 (4), 705-720.  
SCHEUTZ, F., ANDERSEN, B. & WULFF, H. R. (1988). What do dentists know about statistics ? European Journal of Oral Sciences, 96, 281-287. DAVIS, J.M., STOCKDALE, M.S. & CROPPER, M. (2010). Evaluation of a comprehensive tobacco cessation curriculum for dental hygiene schools : A three year study. The Journal of Dental Education, 74, 472-479. [PDF]
Voir aussi Douleur ou Phobie du dentiste
Dent Clyde W. ( ) : Psychosociologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude et la prévention du comportement de fumer. Collaborateur de Johnson, Sussman et Unger.
DENT, C.W., SUSSMAN, S., JOHNSON, C.A., HANSEN, W.B. & FLAY, B.R. (1987). Adolescent smokeless tobacco incidence : Relations with other drugs and psychosocial variables. Preventive Medicine, 16 (3), 422-431. [PDF]
DENT, C.W., SUSSMAN, S., STACY, A.W., CRAIG, S., BURTON D. & FLAY, B.R. (1995). Two-year behavior outcomes of Project Towards No Tobacco Use. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 63, 676-77. [PDF]
DENT, C.W., GALAIF, E.R., SUSSMAN, S. & STACY, A.W. (1996). Use of the "theme study" as a means of curriculum development in continuation high schools. Journal of Drug Education, 26, 377-393.
DENT, C.W., SUSSMAN, S., ELLICKSON P., BROWN, P. & RICHARDSONN, J. (1996). Is drug abuse prevention programming generalizable across ethnic groups ? American Behavioral Scientist, 39, 911-919.
DENT, C.W., SUSSMAN, S., McCULLAR W.J. & STACY, A.W. (2001). Drug abuse prevention among youth at comprehensive high schools. Preventive Medicine, 32, 514-520.
Denver : Voir Modèle d'intervention de Denver.
Denzin Norman K. ( ) : Sociologue et méthodologiste américain, spécialiste des méthodes qualititatives. Collaborateur de Lincoln.
DENZIN, N.K. (1978). The research act. Chicago, IL : Adline.
DENZIN, N.K. (1989). Interpretive interactionism. Newbury Park, CA : Sage Publications.
DENZIN, N.K. & LINCOLN, Y.S. (Eds.) (1994). Handbook of qualitative research. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publications.
LINCOLN, Y. & DENZIN, N.K. (1994). The fifth moment. In N.K. Denzin & Y.S. Lincoln (Eds.), Handbook of qualitative research. Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage Publications.
DENZIN, N.K. & LINCOLN, Y.S. (Eds.) (1998). Collecting and interpreting qualitative materials. London : Sage.
Déontologie : Voir Code de déontologie.
DÉPENDANCE - DÉPLACEMENT - DÉPRESSION - DÉSASTRE - DÉSENSIBILISATION - DÉSESPOIR - DÉSIR - DÉSIRABILITÉ - DET
DePaulo Bella M. ( ) : Psychosociologue américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du mensonge et du célibat. Collaboratrice de Rosenthal.
DEPAULO, B.M. & ROSENTHAL, R. (1979). Telling lies. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 37, 1713-1722.
DEPAULO, B.M., LANIER, K. & DAVIS, T. (1983). Detecting the deceit of the motivated liar. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 45, 1096-1103. [PDF]
DEPAULO, B.M. (1994). Spotting lies : Can humans learn to do better ? Current Directions in Psychological Science, 3, 83-86. [PDF]
DEPAULO, B.M., KIRKENDO, S.E., KASHY, D.A., WYER, M.M. & EPSTEIN, J.A. (1996). Lying in everyday life. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology 70, 979-995. [PDF]
DEPAULO, B.M. & MORRIS, W.L. (2005). Singles in society and in science. Psychological Inquiry, 16, 57-83. [PDF]
Dépendance : Le terme a deux significations selon qu'il renvoie à un individu ou à la relation entre deux individus : a) Individu : Incapacité ou très grande difficulté à se passer d'un objet ou d'une susbstance, incapacité ou dépendance qui nuit à la santé et au bon fonctionnement de la vie quotidienne (famille, travail, etc). Si la substance n'est pas nocive ou toxique, comme le chocolat ou les Simpsons, on utilise de préférence le terme assuétude. N.D.L.R. Je ne vois pas d'intérêt à utiliser l'anglicisme addiction pour distinguer la dépendance physiologique (substance addiction) de la dépendance comportementale (behavioral addiction) puisque les adjectifs physiologique et comportementale permettent d'établir clairement cette nuance (EX: dans le cas de la cigarette, on ressent à la fois un besoin physiologique de fumer et le besoin de porte un objet à sa bouche). = maladie, addiction, penchandt maladif. ( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous. Dependence, subtance addiction, behavioral addiction. b) Individu : Relation asymétrique entre deux individus. EX: Relation entre un père et son enfant.

Formes de dépendance
Dépendance comportementale Dépendance physiologique
Dépendance à internet Dépendance aux jeux de hasard Dépendance aux drogues
Dépendance à la pornographie Dépendance aux jeux vidéo Dépendance à l'alcool
Dépendance à la télévision Dépendance au téléphone cellulaire Dépendance à la cigarette
Dépendance aux réseaux sociaux virtuels
 

  a
  ROBINSON, T.E. & BERRIDGE, K.C. (2000). The psychology and neurobiology of addiction: an incentive-sensitization view. Addiction, 95 (S2), 91-117.
GLASER, W. (1976). Positive addiction. New York : Harper and Row. BERKE, J.D. & HYMAN, S.E. (2000). Addiction, dopamine, and the molecular mechanisms of memory. Neuron, 25, 515-532.
  NESTLER, E.J. (2000). Genes and addiction. Nature Genetics, 26, 277-281
  HYMAN, S.E. & MALENKA, R.C. (2001). Addiction and the brain : the neurobiology of compulsion and its persistence. Nature Reviews : Neuroscience, 2, 695-703. [PDF]
JACOBS, D.F., MARSTON, A.R. & SINGER, R.D. (1985). Testing a general theory of addictions : Similarities and differences between alcoholics, pathological gamblers, and compulsive overeaters. Dans J.J. Sanchez-Sosa (Ed.), Health and clinical psychology. North Holland : Elsevier Science Publishers. BICKEL W.K. & MARSCH, L.A. (2001). Conceptualizing addiction : Toward a behavioral economic understanding of drug dependence : delay discounting processes. Addiction, 96, 73-86.
ORFORD, J. (1985). A psychological view of addiction. Chi- chester, John Wiley. HOLDEN, C. (2001). Behavioral' addictions : Do they exist ? Science, 294, 980-982. [LIRE]
  McCUSKER, C.G. (2001). Conceptualizinf addiction : Cognitive biases and addiction : an evolution in theory and method. Addiction, 96, 47-56. [PDF]
  EVERITT, B.J., DICKINSON, T.W. & ROBBINS, T.W. (2001). The neuropsychological basis of addictive behaviour. Brain Research Reviews, 36 (2-3), 129-138. [PDF]
  PANKSEPP, J., KNUTSON, B. & BURGDORF, J. (2002). The role of brain emotional systems in addictions : A neuro-evolutionary perspective and new "self-report" animal model. Addiction, 97, 459-469. [PDF]
JACOBS, D.F. (1986). A general theory of addictions : A new theoretical model. Journal of Gambling Behavior, 2 (1), 15-31. YOUNG, S.E., CORLEY, R.P., STALLINGS, M.C., RHEE, S.H., CROWLEY, T.J. & HEWITT, J.K. (2002). Substance use, abuse and dependence in adolescence : Prevalence, symptom profiles, and correlates. Drug & Alcohol Dependence, 68, 309-322.
ALEXANDER, B.K. & SCHEWEIGHOFER, A.R. (1988). Defining "Addiction". Canadian Psychology, 29, 151-162. ROBINSON, T.E. & BERRIDGE, K.C. (2003). Addiction. Annual Review of Psychology, 54, 25-53. [PDF]
GOODMAN, A. (1989). Addiction defined: Diagnostic criteria for addictive disorder. American Journal of Preventive Psychiatry & Neurology, 2, 12-15. GIUGLIANO, J.R. (2003). A psychoanalytic overview of excessive sexual behavior and addiction. Sexual Addiction & Compulsivity, 10, 275-290. [PDF]
MARLATT, A.G., BAER, J.S., DONOVAN, D.M. & KIVLAHAN, D. R. (1988). Addictive behaviours : etiology and treatment. Annual Review of Psychology, 39, 223}252. ESCH, T. & STEFANO, G.B. (2004). The neurobiology of pleasure, reward processes, addiction and their health implications. Neuroendocrinology Letters, 25 (4), 235-251. [PDF]
SOBELL, L.C., SOBELL, M.B. & NIRENBERG, T.D. (1988). Behavioral assessment and treatment planning with alcohol and drug abusers : A review with an emphasis on clinical application. Clinical Psychology Review, 8, 19-54. NESTLER, E.J. (2005). Is there a common molecular pathway for addiction ? Nature Neuroscience, 8, 1445-1449.
JACOBS, D.F. (1989). A general theory of addictions : Rationale for and evidence supporting a new approach for understanding and treating addictive behaviors. In H.J. Shaffer, S.A. Stein, B. Gambino and T.N. Cummings (Eds.), Compulsive gambling : Theory, research, and practice (pp.35-64), Lexington : Lexington Books. GREKIN, E.R., SHER, K.J. & WOOD, P.K. (2006). Personality and substance dependence symptoms : Modeling substance-specific traits. Psychology of Addictive Behavior, 20, 415-424.
HIRSCHMAN, E. C. (1992). The consciousness of addiction: toward a general theory of compulsive consumption. Journal of Consumer Research, 19, 155}179. BICKEL W.K., KOWAL, B.P. & GATCHALIAN, K.M. (2006). Understanding addiction as a pathology of temporal horizon. Behavior Analyst Today, 7 (1), 32-47. [PDF]
HERRNSTEIN, R.J. & PRELEC, D. (1992). A theory of addiction. In G. Lowenstein and J. Elster (Eds.), Choice over time (pp. 331-360). New York : Russell Sage Press. VITARO, F., CARBONNEAU, R. et ASSAAD, J-M. (2006). Les enfants de parents affectés d’une dépendance, Problèmes et résilience. Québec : Les Presses de l’Université du Québec.
NESTLER, E.J., HOPE, B.T. & WIDNEL, K.L. (1993). Drug addiction : a model for the molecular basis of neural plasticity. Neuron, 11, 995-1006. HYAMN, S.E. (2007). Addiction : A disease of learning and memory. Focus, 5, 220-228.
MCMURRAN, M. (1994). The psychology of addiction. London : Taylor & Francis.  
WISE, R.A. (1996). Neurobiology of addiction. Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 6, 243-251. [PDF] REDISH, A.V., JENSEN, S., JOHNSON, A. & KURT-NELSON, Z. (2007). Reconciling reinforcement learning models with behavioral extinction and renewal : Implications for addiction, relapse, and problem gambling. Psychological Review, 114 (3), 784-805. [PDF]
O'BRIEN, C.P. (1997). A range of research-based pharmacother- apies for addiction. Science, 278, 66-70. IACONO, W.G., MALONE, S.M. & McGUE, M. (2008). Behavioral disinhibition and the development of early-onset addiction : Common and specific influences. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 4, 325-348. [PDF]
NESTLER, E.J. & AGHAJANIAN, G.K. (1997). Molecular and cellular basis of addiction. Science, 278, 58-63. WISE, R.A. (2009). Roles for nigrostriatal--not just mesocorticolimbic--dopamine in reward and addiction. Trends in Neuroscience, 32 (10), 517-524. [PDF]
KOOB, G.F., SANNA, P.P. & BLOOM, F.E. (1998). Neuroscience of addiction. Neuron, 21,467-476. ALAVI, S.S., FERDOSI, M., JANNATIFARD, F., ESLAMI, M., ALAGHEMANDAN, H. & SETARE, M. (2012). Behavioral addiction versus substance addiction : Correspondence of psychiatric and psychological views. International Journal of Preventive Medicine, 3 (4), 290-294. [LIRE]
FERNANDEZ, L. & SZTULMAN, H. (1999). La dépendance sous le regard du psychologue. In D. Richard, J.L. Senon (Eds.), Dictionnaire des Drogues, des toxicomanies et des dépendances. (pp. 137-141). Paris : Larousse-Bordas. [PDF] PIAZZA, P.V. & DEROCHE-GAMONET, V. (2013). A multi step general theory of transition to addiction. Psychopharmacology, 229, 387-413. [PDF]
CARTER, B.L. & TIFFANY, S.T. (1999). Meta-analysis of cue-reactivity in addiction research. Addiction, 94, 327-340. VOLKOW, N.D., G.F. KOOB, G.F. & McLELLAN, A.T. (2016). Neurobiologic advances from the brain disease model of addiction. The New England Journal of Medicine 374 (4), 363-371. [PDF]
  BERRIDGE, K.C. (2017). Is addiction a brain disease ? Neuroethics, 10 (1), 29-33. [PDF]
  Voir aussi Toxicomanie et Drogue
b
Voir aussi Asymétrie
Dépendance (Mesure et évaluation de la...) : Ensemble des tests et des outils de collecte de données qui permettent d'évaluer et de mesurer les différentes forme de dépendance.

  FAGERSTRÖM, K.O. (1978). Measuring degree of physical dependency to tobacco smoking with reference to individualization treatment. Addictive Behaviors, 3, 235-241.
NICHOLS, L.A. & NICKI, R. (2004). Development of a psychometrically sound Internet addiction scale : a preliminary step. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 18, 381-384.
CHOLIZ, M. (2012). Mobile-phone addiction in adolescence : The Test of Mobile Phone Dependence (TMD). Progress in Health Sciences, 2 (1), 33-44. [PDF]
WONG, U. & CARSON-HODGINS, D. (2013). Development of the Game AddictionInventory for Adults (GAIA). Addiction Research & Theory, 1-15. [PDF]
OGEL, K., KARADAG, F., SATGAN, D. & KOC, C. (2015). Development of the Addiction Profile Index Internet Addiction Form (APIINT) : Validity and reliability. The Journal of Psychiatry & Neurological Sciences, 28, 337-343. [PDF]
Voir aussi Dépendance et Internet
Dépendance à internet : Dépendance à internet, notamment aux jeux vidéo et à la pornographie, qui semble augmenter la procrastination, nuire aux relations sociales et même, dans certains cas, créer de l'isolement social. Dépendance à internet, ordinateur et jeu vidéo. Internet addiction, computer addiction.

 
Dépendance à internet (jeux vidéo) Dépendance à internet (pornographie)

  SHOTTON, M. (1991). The costs and benefits of "computer addiction". Behavior & Information Technology, 10 (3), 219-230. SHAFFER, H.J., HALL, M.N. & VANDER BILT, J. (2000). "Computer addiction" : A critical consideration. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 70, 162-168.
  GRAYSON, P. A. & SCHWARTZ, V. (2000). Commentary on “Contrasting case studies of frequent Internet use: Is it pathological or adaptive ?» Journal of College Student Psychotherapy, 14, 19-22.
GRIFFITHS, M.D. (1995). Technological addictions. Clinical Psychology Forum, 76, 14}19. LEON, D.T. & & ROTUNDA, R.J. (2000). Contrasting case studies of frequent Internet use: Is it pathological or adaptive ? Journal of College Student Psychotherapy, 14, 9-18.
  ARMSTRONG, L., PHILLIPS, J.G. & SALING, L.L. (2000). Potential determinants of heavier Internet usage. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 53, 537-550. [PDF]
  CHOU, C. (2001). Internet heavy use and addiction among taiwanese college students : An online interview study. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 4, 573-585. [PDF]
YOUNG, K.S. (1996). Addictive use of the internet. Psychological Reports, 79, 899-902. DAVIS, R.A. (2001). A cognitive-behavioral model of pathological internet use. Computers in Human Behavior, 17, 187-195.
  WOLFDRAT, U. & DOLL, J. (2001). Motives of adolescents to use the Internet as a function of personality traits, personal and social factors. Journal of Educational Computing Research, 24, 13-27.
O'REILLY, M. (1996). Internet addiction: a new disorder enters the medical lexicon. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 154, 188}189. BEARD, K.W. & WOLF, E.M. (2001). Modification in the proposed diagnostic criteria for internet addiction. Cyberpsychology Behavior, 4, 377-383. [PDF]
SHAFFER, H.J. (1996). Understanding the means and objects of addiction: technology, the Internet and gambling. Journal of Gambling Studies, 12, 461-469. BEARD, K.W. (2002). Internet addiction : current status and implications for employees. Journal of Employment Counseling, 39 (1), 2-11.
MURPHEY, B. (1996). Computer addictions entangle students. The APA Monitor. CAPLAN, S.E. (2002). Problematic Internet use and psychosocial well-being : Development of a theory-based cognitive-behavioral measurement instrument. Computers in Human Behavior, 18, 553-575.
YOUNG, K.S. (1996). Pathological Internet use : A case that breaks the stereotype. Psychological Reports, 79, 899-902. DAVIS, R.A., FLETT, G.L. & BESER, A. (2002). Validation of a new scale for measuring problematic internet use. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 5 (4), 331-345.
YOUNG, K.S. (1996). Psychology of computer use : xl. addictive use of the internet : a case that breaks the stereotype. Psychological Reports, 79, 899-902. [PDF] KRAUT, R., KIESLER, S., BONEVA, B., CUMMINGS, J.N., HELGESON, V. & CRAWFORD, A.M. (2002). Internet paradox revisited. Journal of Social issues, 58, 49-74. [PDF]
YOUNG, K.S. (1996). Internet addiction : The emergence of a new clinical disorder. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 1 (3), 237-244. [PDF] + [PDF] SHAPIRA, N.A., LESSIG, M.C., GOLDSMITH, T.B., SZABO, S.T., LAZORITZ, M., GOLD, M.S. & STEIN, D.J. (2003). Problematic internet use : proposed classification and diagnostic criteria. Depression & Anxiety, 17, 207-216. [PDF]
  SULER, J. (2004). Computer and cyberspace addiction. International Journal of Applied Psychoanalytic Studies, 1, 359-362.
  JOHANSSON, A. & GÖTESTAM, K.G. (2004). Internet addiction : Characteristics of a questionnaire and prevalence in Norwegian youth. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 45 (3), 223-229.
  WARDEN, N.L., PHILLIPS, J. G. & OGLOFF, J.R P. (2004) Internet addiction. Psychiatry, Psychology & Law, 11, 280-295.
BRENNER, V. (1997). Psychology of computer use : XL VII. Parameters of internet use, abuse and addiction: The first 90 days of the internet usage survey. Psychology Report, 80, 879-882. NICHOLS, L.A. & NICKI, R. (2004). Development of a psychometrically sound Internet addiction scale : A preliminary step. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 18 (4), 381-384.
SCHERER K. (1997). College life online: Healthy and unhealthy Internet use. Journal of College Life and Development, 38 (6), 655-665. YOUNG, K.S. (2004). Internet addiction : A new clinical phenomenon and its consequences. American Behavioral Scientist, 48, 402-415. [PDF]
YOUNG, K.S. & RODGERS, R. (1997). The relationship between depression and Internet addiction. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 1 (1), 25-28. LEUNG, L. (2004). Net-generation attributes and seductive properties of the internet as predictors of online activities and internet addiction. Cyberpsychology & Behavior, 7, 333–348.
BELSARE, T.J., GAFFNEY, G.R. & BLACK, D.W (1997). Compulsive computer use (letter). American Journal of Psychiatry, 154, 289. GRIFFITHS, M. (2004). Sex addiction on the Internet. Janus Head, 7 (1), 188-217. [PDF]
LARKIN, M. & GRIFFITHS, M.D. (1998). Response to Sha!er (1996 the case for & complex systems' conceptualisations of addiction. Journal of Gambling Studies, 14, 73}82. WIDYANTO, L. & McMURRAN, M. (2004). The psychometric properties of the Internet addiction test. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 7 (4), 443-450. [PDF]
GRIFFITHS, M.D. & HUNT, N. (1998). Dependence on computer games by adolescents. Psychological Reports, 82, 475-480. YOUNG, K.S. & CASE, C.J. (2004). Internet abuse in the workplace : New trends in risk management. Cyberpsychology & Behavior, 7 (1), 105-111. [PDF]
KRAUT, R., PATTERSON, M., LUNDMARK, V., KIESLER, S., MUKOPADHYAY, T. & SCHERLIS, W. (1998). Internet paradox : A social technology that reduces social involvement and psychological well-being ? The American Psychologist, 53, 1017-1031.[PDF] CHOU, C., CONDRON, L. & BELLAN, J.C. (2005). A review of the research on internet addiction. Educational Psychology Review, 17 (4), 363-387. [PDF]
KANDELL, J. (1998). Internet addiction on campus: The vulnerability of college students. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 1 (1), 11-17. MOROHAN-MARTIN, J. (2005). Internet abuse. Social Science Computer Review, 23 (1), 39-48. [PDF]
YOUNG, K.S. (1998). internet addiction : The emergence of a new clinical disorder. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 1, 237-244. [PDF] KO, C.H., YEN, J.Y., CHEN, C.C., CHEN, C.H. & YEN, C.F. (2005). Proposed diagnostic criteria of Internet addiction for adolescents. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 193 (11), 728-733.
KANDELL, J. (1998). Internet addiction on campus : The vulnerability of college students. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 1, 1. NIEMZ, K., GRIFFITHS, M. & BANYARD, P. (2005). Prevalence of pathological internet use among university students and correlations with self-esteem, the General Health Questionnaire (GHQ), and disinhibition. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 8 (6), 562-568.
YOUNG, K.S. & RODGERS, R.C. (1998). The relationship between depression and Internet addiction. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 1 (1), 25-28. [PDF] BLASZCZYNSKI, A.P. (2006). Internet use : In search of an addiction. International Journal of Mental Health & Addiction, 4, 1-3.
YOUNG, K.S. (1998). Caught in the Net: How to recognise the signs of Internet addiction and a winning strategy for recovery. John Wiley & Sons. WIDYANTO, L. & GRIFFITHS, M. (2006). Internet addiction : A critical review. International Journal of Mental Health & Addiction, 4, 31-51. [PDF]
GRIFFITHS, M. D., MILLER, H., SPARROW, P. & GILLESPIE, T. (1998). Internet usage and "Internet addiction'' in students and its implications for student learning. Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 15, 89-91. SATO, T. (2006). Characteristics of the internet addiction college students in using web. Journal of Medical Association of Japan, 89 (7-8). 279-283. [PDF]
  WAN, C.-S. & CHIOU, W.B. (2006). Why are adolescents addicted to online gaming? An interview study in Taiwan. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 9 (6), 762-766. [PDF]
  YAO-GUO, G., LIN-YAN, S. & FENG-LIN, C. (2006). A research on emotion and personality characteristics in junior high school students with internet addiction disorders. Chinese Journal of Clinical Psychology, 14, 153-155.
  WAN, C.-S. & CHIOU, W.B. (2006). Psychological motives and online games addiction : A test of flow theory and humanistic needs theory for Taiwanese adolescents. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 9 (3), 317-324.
  YEN, J.Y., KO, C.H., YEN, C.F., WU, H.Y. & YANG, M.J. (2007). The comorbid psychiatric symptoms of Internet addiction : Attention deficit and hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), depression, social phobia, and hostility. Journal of Adolescent Health, 41, 93-98.
GRIFFITHS, M. (1999). Internet addiction : Internet fuels other addictions. Student British Medical Journal, 7, 428-429. HARDIE, E. & TEE, M.Y. (2007). Excessive internet use : The role of personality, loneliness and social support networks in internet addiction. Australian Journal of Emerging Technologies & Society, 5 (1), 34-47. [PDF]
  YEN, J.Y., YEN, C.F., CHEN, C.C., CHEN, C.H. & KO, C.H. (2007). Family factors of internet addiction and substance use experience in Taiwanese adolescents. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 10 (3), 323-329. [PDF]
YOUNG, K.S. (1999). Internet addiction : Symptoms, evaluation, and treatment. In L. VandeCreek & T.L. Jackson (Eds.), Innovations in clinical practice (Vol. 17). Sarasota, FL : Professional Resource Press. [PDF] CAO, F. & SU, L. (2007). Internet addiction among Chinese adolescents : prevalence and psychological feature. Child : Care, Health & Development, 33 (3), 275-281. [PDF]
  YU-YUAN, L. (2007). Psycho-social related factors of junior high school students with internet addiction disorder. Chinese Journal of Clinical Psychology, 15, 422-423.
  LENIHAN, F. (2007). Computer addiction - a sceptical view. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment, 3, 31-33. [PDF]
GRIFFITHS, M. (1999). Internet addiction : fact or fiction ? The Psychologist : Bulletin of the British Psychological Society, 12, 246-250. [PDF] YOUNG, K.S. (2007). Cogntive-behavioral therapy with Internet addicts : Treatment outcomes and implications. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 10 (5), 671-679. [PDF]
  MURALI, V. & GEORGE, S. (2007) Lost online: an overview of internet addiction. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment, 13, 24-30.
YOUNG, K.S. (1999). The Evaluation and treatment of Internet addiction. In L. VandeCreek & T. Jackson (Eds.), Innovations in clinical practice : A source book (Vol. 17, pp. 1-13). Sarasota, FL : Professional Resource Press. YI, X.-M. & HUANG, J.-X. (2008). Characteristics of the internet addiction college students in using web. Chinese Journal of Clinical Psychology, 16, 34-36.
  YEN, J.Y., KO, C.H. YEN, J.Y., CHEN, S.H., CHUNG, W.L. & CHEN, C.C. (2008). Psychiatric symptoms in adolescents with Internet addiction : Comparison with substance use. Psychiatry & Clinical Neurosciences, 62 (1), 9-16.
  GRIFFITHS, M. (2008). Internet and video-game addiction. In C. Essau (Ed.), Adolescent addiction: Epidemiology, assessment and treatment. (pp. 231-267). San Diego : Elselvier.
  KIM, J.U. (2008). The effect of a R/T group counseling program on the internet addiction level and self-esteem of internet addiction university students. international Journal of Reality Therapy, 27 (2), 4-12. [PDF]
  CAPLAN, S., WILLIAMS, D. & YEE, N. (2009). Problematic Internet use and psychosocial well-being among MMO players. Computers in Human Behavior, 25 (6), 1312-1319. [PDF]
  YEN, C-F., KO, C-H., YEN, J-Y., CHANG, Y.-P. & CHENG, C-P. (2009). Multi-dimensional discriminative factors for Internet addiction among adolescents regarding gender and age. Psychiatry Clinical Neurosciences, 63 (3), 357-364. [PDF]
  WEINSTEIN, A.M. (2010). Computer and video game addiction : A comparison between game users and non-game users. The American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse, 36, 268-276. [PDF]
  GRIFFITHS, M.D. & PARKE, J. (2010). Adolescent gambling on the Internet : a review. International Journal of Adolescent Medicine & Health, 22, 59-75. [PDF]
SHAPIRA, N.A., GOLDSMITH, T.D., KECK, P.E., KHOSLA, U.M. & McElROY, S.L. (2000). Psychiatric features of individuals with problematic Internet use. Journal of Affective Disorders, 57, 267-272. SAVILLE, B.K., GISBERT, S., KOPP, J. & TELESCO, C. (2010). Internet addition and delay discounting in college students. The Psychological Record, 60, 273-286. [PDF]
  VAN DEN EIJNDEN, R.J.J.M., SPIJKERMAN, R., VERMULST, A.A., VAN ROOIJ, T.J. & ENGELS, R.C.M.E. (2010). Compulsive Internet use among adolescents : Bidirectional parent-child relationships. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 38, 77-89.
ARMSTRONG, L., PHILLIPS, J.G. & SALING, L.L. (2000). Potential determinants of heavier Internet usage. International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, 53, 537-550. HAUTEFEUILLE, M. & VÉLÉA, D. (2010). Les addictions à Internet. De l'ennui à la dépendance. Paris : Payot.
YOUNG, K.S., COOPER, A. GRIFFITHS-SHELLEY, E., O'MARA, J. & BUCHANAN, J. (2000). Cybersex and infidelity online : Implications for evaluation and treatment. Sexual Addiction & Compulsivity, 7 (10), 59-74. [PDF] KOC, M. (2011). Internet addiction and psychopathology. Turkish Online Journal of Educational Technology, 10 (1), 143-148. [PDF]
  KIM, S.H., BAIK, S.H., PARK, C.S., KIM, S.J., CHOI, S.W. & KIM, S.E. (2011) Reduced striatal dopamine D2 receptors in people with Internet addiction. Neuroreport, 22, 407-411.
GREENFIELD, D.N. (2000). Psychological characteristics of compulsive internet use : a preliminary analysis. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 5, 403-12. AKIN, A. & ISKENDER, M. (2011). Internet addiction and depression, anxiety and stress. International Online Journal of Educational Sciences, 3 (1), 138-148. [PDF]
  KUSS, D.J. & GRIFFITHS, M. (2012). Adolescent online gaming addiction. Education & Health, 30 (1), 1-3. [PDF]
GRIFFITHS, M. (2000). Does Internet and computer "addiction" exist ? Some case study evidence. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 3 (2), 211-218. [PDF] YATES, T.M., GREGOR, M. & HAVILAND, M.G. (2012). Child maltreatment, alexithymia, and problematic internet use in young adulthood. Cyberpsychology, Behavior, & Social Networking, 15 (4), 219-225. [PDF]
  KING, D.L., DELFABBRO, P.H., ZWAANS, T. & KAPTSIS, D. (2013). Clinical features and axis I comorbidity of Australian adolescent pathological Internet and video-game users. Australian & New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 47, 1058-1067.
BAI, Y.M., LIN, C.C. & CHEN, J.Y. (2000). Internet addiction disorder among clients of a virtual clinic. Psychiatric Services, 52 (10), 1397. [LIRE] KUSS, D.J., GRIFFITHS, M.D. & BINDER, J.F. (2013). Internet addiction in students : Prevalence and risk factors. Computers in Human Behavior, 29, 959-966.
  SALEHI, M., KHALILI, M.N., HOJJAT, S.H., SELHI, M. & DANESH, A. (2014). Prevalence of internet addiction and associated factors among medical students from Mashhad, Iran in 2013. Iranian Red Crescent Medical Journal, 16 (5), 1-7. [PDF]
  ANDREASSON, C.S. (2015). Online social networking addiction: A comprehensive review. Current Addiction Reports, 2, 174-185.
  OGEL, K., KARADAG, F., SATGAN, D. & KOC, C. (2015). Development of the Addiction Profile Index Internet Addiction Form (APIINT) : Validity and reliability. The Journal of Psychiatry & Neurological Sciences, 28, 337-343. [PDF]
  CHEN, C.Y., YEN, J.Y., WANG, P.W., LIU, G.C., YEN, C.F. & KO, C.H. (2016). Altered functional connectivity of the insula and nucleus accumbens in internet gaming disorder : A resting state fMRI study. European Addiction Research, 22 (4), 192-200.
Voir aussi Internet, Jeu compulsif, Dépendance à la pornographe, Mesure/Évaluation de la dépendance et Jeu vidéo
 
Dépendance (Rechute) :

   
Voir aussi Dépendance et Rechute
Dépendance à l'alcool : Voir Alcoolisme. Alcohol dependence.
Dépendance à la cigarette : Voir Fumer. Smoking dependence.
Dépendance à la drogue : Voir Dépendance aux drogues et Toxicomanie. Drug dependence
Dépendance à la pornographie : Incapacité de se passer de la pornographie (notamment sur internet). Dépendance à la pornographie, sexualité et dépendance à internet. Porn dependence.

  SCHOETTLE, U.C. (1980). Treatment of the child pornography patient. American Journal of Psychiatry, 137, 1109-1110
LINZ, D., DONNERTEIN, E. & PENROD, S. (1988). Long-term exposure to violent and sexually segrading depictions of women. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 55 (5), 758-768.
COOPER, A. (1998). Sexuality and the internet : Surfing into the new millennium. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 1, 181-187.
GRIFFITHS, M. (2000). Excessive Internet use : implications for sexual behavior. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 3, 537-552.
COOPER, A., DELMONICO, D.L. & BURG, R. (2000). Cybersex users, abusers, and compulsives : New findings and implications. Sexual Addiction & Compulsivity, 7, 5-29.
FREEMAN-LONGO, R.E. (2000). Children, teens, and sex on the internet. Sexual Addiction & Compulsivity, 7, 75-90.
MANNING, J.C. (2006). The impact of internet pornography on marriage and the family : A review of the research. Sexual Addiction & Compulsivity, 13, 131-165.
Voir aussi Pornographie et Mesure/Évaluation de la dépendance
Dépendance à la sexualité : Voir Trouble hypersexuel.
Dépendance à la télévision : Forme de dépendance à la télévision qui augmente la procrastination et nuit aux relations sociales. Television addiction.

  MCILWRAITH, R., JACOBVITZ, R.S., KUBEY, R. & ALEXANDER, A. (1991). Television addiction : Theories and data behind the ubiquitous metaphor. American Behavioral Scientist, 35, 104-121
KUBEY, R. & CSIKSZENTMIHALYI, M. (2003). Television addiction is no mere metaphor. Scientific American, 286, 74-80. [PDF]
KUBEY, R. (2009). Addiction to television : With commentary on dependence on video games and the Internet. In A. Browne-Miller (Ed.), The Praeger international collection on addictions, : Behavioral addictions from concept to compulsion (Vol. 4, pp. 27-51). Westport, CT : Praeger.
Voir aussi Dépendance et Télévision
Dépendance au jeu de hasard : Voir Jeu compulsif.
Dépendance au téléphone mobile/SMS : Forme de dépendance au téléphone qui augmente la procrastination et nuit aux relations sociales. Mobile phone, addiction, cell phone dependency, extreme cell phone, excessive cellular phone use, mobile phone dependance, SMS problem.

  CARROLL, J., HOWARD, S., PECK, J. & MURPHY, J. (2002). A Field study of perceptions and use of mobile telephones by 16-22 years olds. Journal of Information Technology Theory & Practice, 4, 49-61. DIXIT, S., SHUKLA, H. & BHAGWAT, A.K. (2010). A study to evaluate mobile phone dependance among students of a medical college and associated hospital of central India. Journal of Community Medecine, 35 (2), 339-341. [PDF]
TAYLOR, A.S. & HARPER, R. (2003). The gift of the gab ? : A design oriented sociology of young people's use of mobiles. Journal of Computer Supported Cooperative Work, 12 (3), 267-296. HANSON, T.L., DRUMHELLER, K., MALLARD, J. MCKEE, C. & SCHLEGEL, P. (2011). Cell phones, text messaging, and Facebook : Competing time demands of today's college students. College Teaching, 59, 23-30.
MATTHEWS, R. (2004). The Psychosocial aspects of mobile phone use among adolescents. In Psych, 26 (6), 16-19. THOMÉEE, S., HÄRENSTAM, A. & HAGBERG, M. (2011). Mobile phone use and stress, sleep disturbances, and symptoms of depression among young adults - a prospective cohort study. BMC Public Health, 11: 66, 1-11. [PDF]
HUMPHREYS, L. (2005). Cellphones in public : social interactions in a wireless era. New Media & Society, 7 (6), 810-833. [PDF] AHMED, I., QAZI, T.F. & PERJI, A. (2011). Mobile phone to youngsters : Necessity or addiction. Journal of Business Management, 5 (32), 12512-12519. [PDF]
BIANCHI, A. & PHILLIPS, J.G. (2005). Psychological predictors of problem mobile phone use. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 8, 39-51. HASSANZADEH, R. & ABBAS, R. (2011). Effect of Sex, Course and Age on SMS Addiction in Students. Middle-East Journal of Scientific Research, 10 (5), 619-625. [PDF]
KAMIBEPPU, K. & SUGIURA, H. (2005). Impact of the mobile phone on junior high school students'friends hips in the Tokyo metropolitan area. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 8, (2), 121-130.  
TODA, M., MONDEN, K., KUBO, K. & MORIMOTO, K. (2006). Mobile phone dependence and health related lifestyle of university students. Social Behavior & Personality : An International Journal, 34 (10), 1277-1284. [PDF]  
PHILLIPS, J., BUTT, S. & BLASZCZYNSKI, A.P. (2006). Personality and self-reported use of mobile phones of games. Cyber Psychology & Behavior, 9 (6), 753-758. BEYDOKHTI, A., HASSANZADEH, R. & MIRZAIAN, B. (2012). The relationship between five main factors of personality and addiction to SMS in high school students. Current Research Journal of Biological Sciences, 4 (6), 685-689. [PDF]
RUTLAND, J.B., SHEETS, T. & YOUNG, T. (2007). Development of a scale to measure problem use of short message service : the SMS problem use diagnostic questionnaire. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 10 (6), 841-843. DUNCAN, D.K., HOEKSTRA, A.R. & WILCOX, B.R. (2012). Digital devices, distraction, and student performance : Does in-class cell phone use reduce learning ? Astronomy Education Review, 11 (1), 1-4. [PDF]
BHATIA, M.S. (2008). Cell phone dependancy-a new diagnostic entity. Delhi Psychiatry Journal, 11 (2), 123-124. [PDF] CHOLIZ, M. (2012). Mobile-phone addiction in adolescence : The Test of Mobile Phone Dependence (TMD). Progress in Health Sciences, 2 (1), 33-44. [PDF]
BANJO, O., HU, Y. & SUNDAR, S. (2008). Cell phone usage and social interaction with proximate others : Ringing in a theoretical model. The Open Communication Journal, 2, 127-135. [PDF] THOMAS, K. & BOLTON, N. (2013). Cell phones in the classroom : Preservice teachers' perceptions product code : JDLTE, 30 (1), 11-20. [RTF]
TROTTER, A. (2009). Students turn their cell phone on for classroom lessons. Education Week, 28 (16), 10-11. KUZNEKOFF, J.H. & TITSWORTH, S. (2013). The impact of mobile phone usage on student learning. Communication Education, 62 (3), 233-252. [PDF]
SHELTON, J.T., ELLIOTT, E.M., EAVES, S.D. & EXNER, A.L. (2009). The distracting effects of a ringing cell phone : An investigation of the laboratory and the classroom setting. Journal of Environmental Psychology, 29, 513-521. [PDF] GIKAS, J. & GRANT, M.M. (2013). Mobile computing devices in higher education : Student perspectives on learning with cellphones, smartphones & social media. The Internet & Higher Education, 19, 18-26.
YEN, C.F., TANG, T.C. YEN, J.Y. LIN, H.C. HUANG, C.F. LIU, S.C. & KO, C.H. (2009). Symptoms of problematic cellular phone use, functional impairment and its association with depression among adolescents in Southern Taiwan. Journal of Adolescent Health, 32, 863-873. JONES, T. (2014). Students' cell phone addiction and their opinions. The Elon Journal of Undergraduate Research in Communications, 5 (1), 74-79. [PDF]
BURNS, S. & LOHENRY, K. (2010). Cellular phone use in class : Implications for teaching and learning a pilot study. College Student Journal, 44, 805-810. TANEJA, C. (2014). The psychology of excessive cellular phone use. Delhi Psychiatry Journal, 17 (2), 448-451. [PDF]
Voir aussi Distraction, Mesure/Évaluatiion de la dépendanceet Téléphone
 
Dépendance aux drogues : Forme de toxicomanie, qui consiste en l'incapacité de cesser la consommation d'une drogue, quelle qu'elle soit. La plupart des drogues qui produisent une dépendance augmente artificiellement la quantité de dopamine dans les circuits de la récompense du cerveau. Dépendance aux drogues, sévrage et syndrome de sevrage. *accoutumance. ( ): amphétamine, cigarette, cocaïne, heroïne. Drug dependence, drug abuse, cocaine dependance.
Types de drogue
Amphétamine Cocaïne Nicotine/Cigarette
Anxiolytique Héroïne Somnifère
Café/Caféine LSD  
 

  ROSENFELD, H. (1960). On drug addiction. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 41, 467-475. ANTONOCCIO, D.O. & BOUTILIER, L. (2000). The behavioral treatment of cigarette smoking and nicotine dependence. In M. Piasecki (Ed.) Nicotine : Psychotropic and psychotoxic effects. American Psychiatric Association Press.
SCHUSTER, C.R. & THOMPSON, T. (1969) Self-administration of and behavioral dependence on drugs. Annual Review of Pharmacology, 9, 483-502.  
MOWRER, O.H. (1975). The "no-win" position of professional therapists for drug addicts. The Counseling Psychologist, 5 (3), 126-127. BICKEL W.K. & MARSCH, L.A. (2001). Toward a behavioral economic understanding of drug dependence : delay discounting processes. Addiction, 96, 73-86.
JOHANSON, C.E. & FISCHMAN, M.W. (1977). The pharmacology of cocaine related to its abuse. Pharmacological Reviews, 41 (1), 3-52. KOOB, G.F. & MOAL, M. (2001). Drug addiction, dysregulation of reward, and allostasis. Neuropsychopharmacology 24 (2), 97-129. [PDF]
BIGELOW, G.E., STITZER, M. L., GRIFFITHS, R R. & LIEBSON, I.A. (1981). Contingency management approaches to drug self-administration and drug abuse : Efficacy and limitations. Addictive Behaviors, 6 (3), 41-252.  
SKINNER, H.A. (1982). The drug abuse screening test. Addictive Behaviors, 7, 363-371. MINKOFF, K. (2001). Developing standards of care for individuals with co-occurring psychiatric and substance use disorders. Psychiatric Services, 52, 597-599.
JAFFE, J.H. (1985). Drug addiction and drug abuse. In A.G. Gilman, L.S. Goodman, T.W. Rall & F. Murad (Eds.), The pharmacological basis of therapeutics (pp. 532-581). New York : MacMillan.  
KOOB, G.F. & BLOOM, F.E. (1988). Cellular and molecular mechanisms of drug dependence. Science 242, 715-723 ROBBINS, T.W. & EVERITT, B.J. (2002). Limbic-striatal memory systems and drug addiction. Neurobiology of Learning & Memory, 78 (3), 625-636.
WOOLVERTON, W.L. & KLEVEN, M.S. (1988). Evidence for cocaine dependence in monkeys following a prolonged period of exposure. Psychopharmacology, 94, 288-291. KELLEY, A.E. & BERRIDGE, K.C. (2002). The neuroscience of natural rewards : relevance to addictive drugs. The Journal of Neuroscience, 22 (9), 3306-3311. [PDF]
LADER, M.H. (1988). The psychopharmacology of addiction. Oxford : Oxford Medical Public. YOUNG, S.E., CORLEY, R.P., STALLINGS, M.C., RHEE, S.H., CROWLEY, T.J. & HEWITT, J.K. (2002). Substance use, abuse and dependence in adolescence : Prevalence, symptom profiles, and correlates. Drug & Alcohol Dependence, 68, 309-322.
SOBELL, L.C., SOBELL, M.B. & NIRENBERG, T.D. (1988). Behavioral assessment and treatment planning with alcohol and drug abusers : A review with an emphasis on clinical application. Clinical Psychology Review, 8, 19-54. SORENSEN, J.L. & MIDKIFF, E.E. (2002). Bridging the gap between research and drug abuse treatment. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 32, 379-382.
PROCHASKA, J.O., DICLEMENTE, C.C. & NORCROSS, J.C. (1992). In search of how people change : Applications to addictive behaviors. American Psychology, 47, 1102-1114, 1992. DE CASTRO, S. & SABATE, E. (2003). Adherence to heroin dependence therapies and human immunodeficiency virus/acquired immunodeficiency syndrome infection rates among drug abusers. Clinical Infectious Diseases, 37 (S5), 464-467.
ROBINSON, T.E. & BERRIDGE, K.C. (1993). The neural basis of drug craving : an incentive- sensitization theory of addiction. Brain Research Reviews, 18, 247-291. SILVERMAN, K. (2004). Exploring the limits and utility of operant conditioning in the treatment of drug addiction. The Behavior Analyst, 23 (2), 209-230. [PDF]
NESTLER, E.J., HOPE, B.T. & WIDNEL, K.L. (1993). Drug addiction : a model for the molecular basis of neural plasticity. Neuron, 11, 995-1006. KOHLENBERG, B.S., ANTONOCCIO, D.O., HAYES, S.C., GIFFORD, E.V. & PIASECKI, M.P. (2004). The suitability of bupropion SR for nicotine dependent smokers : Problems in a practice setting. Psychotherapy & Psychosomatics, 73, 252-254.
KANDEL, D. & YAMAGUSKI, K. (1993). From beer to crack : Developmental patterns of drug involvement. American Journal of Public Health, 83, 851-855. VOLKOW, N.D., FOWLER, J.S., WANG, G.-J. & SWANSON, J.M. (2004). Dopamine in drug abuse and addiction : Results of imaging studies and treatment implications. Molecular Psychiatry, 9, 557-569. [PDF]
NAJAVITS, L.M. & WEISS, R.D. (1994). Variations in therapist effectiveness in the treatment of patients with substance use disorders : An empirical review. Addiction, 89, 679-688. CARROLL, K.M. & ONKEN, L.S. (2005). Behavioral therapies for drug abuse. American Journal of Psychiatry, 162 (8), 1452–1460. [PDF]
HIGGINS, S.T., BUDNEY, A.J., BICKEL, W.K., FOERG, F.G., DONHAM, R. & BADGER, G.J. (1994). Incentives improve behavioral treatment of cocaine dependence. Archives of General Psychiatry, 51, 568-576. WINGER, G., WOODS, J.H., GALUSKA, C.M. & WADE-GALUSKA, T. (2005). Behavioral perspectives on the neuroscience of drug addiction. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 84 (3), 667-681. [PDF]
SILVERMAN, K., CHUTUAPE, M.A., SVIKIS, D.S., BIGELOW, G.E. & STITZER, M.L. (1995). Incongruity between occupational interests and academic skills in drug abusing women. Drug & Alcohol Dependence, 40 (2), 115-123. KOOB, G.F. & MOAL, M. (2005). Plasticity of reward neurocircuitry and the "dark side" of drug addiction. Nature Neuroscience, 8, 1442-1444.
VOLKOW, N.D., FOWLER, J.S. & WANG, G.J. (1995). Imaging studies on the role of dopamine in cocaine reinforcement and addiction in humans. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 13 (4), 337-345. [PDF] EVERITT, B.J. & ROBBINS, T.W. (2005). Neural systems of reinforcement for drug addiction : from actions to habits to compulsion. Nature Neuroscience, 8, 1481-1489. [PDF]
HYMAN, S.E. (1996). Addiction to cocaine and amphetamine. Neuron 16, 901-904. FILLMORE, M.T. & RUSH, C.R. (2006). Polydrug abusers display impaired discrimination-reversal learning in a model of behavioural control. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 20, 24-32.
KOOB, G.F. (1996). Drug addiction : the yin and yang of hedonic homeostasis. Neuron 16, 893-896. AKINS, C.K. & LEVENS, N. (2007). Sexual effects and drugs of abuse: Possible learning mechanisms. In S.K. Turrini (Ed), Consciousness and learning (pp. 79-95). Hauppauge, NY : Nova Science Publishers.
TSUANG, M. T., LYONS, M.J., EISEN, S.A., GOLDBERG, J., TRUE W., LIN, N., MEYER, J.M., TOOMEY, R., FARAONE, S.V. & EAVES, L.J. (1996). Genetic influences on DSM-III-R drug abuse and dependence : A study of 3,372 twin pairs. American Journal of Medical Genetics, 67, 473-477. YUCEL, M. & LUBMAN, C.I. (2007). Neurocognitive and neuroimaging evidence of behavioural dysregulation in human drug addiction : implications for diagnosis, treatment and prevention. Drug Alcohol Review, 26, 33-39.
RAWSON, R.A. (1996). Is psychotherapy effective for substance abusers? In A.M. Washton (Ed.), Psychotherapy and substance abuse: A practitioner’s handbook (pp. 55-75). New York : Guilford Press. KANDEL, D.B., HU, M-C, GRIESLER, P.C. & SCHAFFRAN, C. (2007). On the development of nicotine dependence in adolescence. Drug & Alcohol Dependence, 91 (1), -39. [PDF]
MARLOWE, D.B., KIRBY, K.C. & FESTINGER, D.S. (1997). Impact of comorbid personality disorders and personality disorder symptoms on outcomes of behavioral treatment for cocaine dependence. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 185 (6), 483-490. VOLKOW, N.D., FOWLER, J.S., WANG, G.-J., SWANSON, J.M. & TELANG, F. (2007). Dopamine in drug abuse and addiction : Results of imaging studies and treatment implications. Archives of Neurology, 64, 1575-1579.
PETRY, N.M., BICKE, W.K. & ARNETT, M. (1998). Shortened time horizons and insensitivity to future consequences in heroin addicts. Addiction, 93, 729-738. BREWER, J.A. & POTENZA, M.N. (2008). The neurobiology and genetics of impulse control disorders : Relationships to drug addictions. Biochemical Pharmacology, 75, 63-75. [PDF]
KREEK, M.J. & KOOB, G.F. (1998). Drug dependence: Stress and dysregulation of brain reward pathways. Drug Alcohol Depend 51, 23-47 GOLDSTEIN, R.Z., TOMASI, D., ALIA-KLEIN, N., HONORIO CARRILLO, J., MALONEY, T., WOICIK, P.A., WANG, R., TELANG, F. & VOLKOW, N.D. (2009). Dopaminergic response to drug words in cocaine addiction. Journal of Neuroscience, 29, 6001-6006. [PDF]
TSUANG, M.T., LYONS, M. J., MEYER, J.M., DOYLE, T., EISEN, S.A., GOLDBERG, J., TRUE W., LIN, N., TOOMEY, R. & EAVES, L. (1998). Co-occurrence of abuse of different drugs in men : The role of drug-specific and shared vulnerabilities. Archives of General Psychiatry, 55, 967-972. WANAT, M.J., WILLUHN, I., CLARK, J.J. & PHILLIPS, P.E.M. (2009). Phasic dopamine release in appetitive behaviors and drug abuse. Current Drug Abuse Reviews, 2 (2), 195-213. [PDF]
GOUDIE, A.J., SMITH. J.A., ROBERTSON, A. & CAVANGH, C. (1999). Clozapine as a drug of dependence. Psychopharmacology, 142 (4), 369-374. AHMED, S.H. (2010). Validation crisis in animal models of drug addiction : Beyond non-disordered drug use toward drug addiction. Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 35, 172-184. [PDF]
  AMERINGER, K.J. & LEVENTHAL, A.M. (2013). Associations between attention deficit hyperactivity disorder symptom dmains and DSM-IV lifetime substance dependence. The American Journal on Addictions, 22, 23–32. [PDF]
  SAMAHA, A.N. (2013). Can antipsychotic treatment contribute to drug addiction in schizophrenia ? Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology & Biological Psychiatry, 52, 9-16. [PDF]
  VOLKOW, N.D., G.F. KOOB, G.F. & McLELLAN, A.T. (2016). Neurobiologic advances from the brain disease model of addiction. The New England Journal of Medicine, 374 (4), 363–371. [PDF]
  Voir aussi Toxicomanie, Alccolisme et Drogue
Dépendance aux jeux vidéo : Dépendance aux jeux viédo qui semble augmenter la procrastination et nuit aux relations sociales. Game addiction, video game addiction, massively multi-user online.

  FISHER, S. (1994). Identifying video game addiction in children and adolescents. Addictive Behaviors, 19, 545-553. GRIFFITHS, M. & DAVIES, M.N.O. (2005). Videogame addiction : Does it exist ? In J. Goldstein & R. Raessens (Eds.), Handbook of computer game studies (pp. 359-368). Boston : MIT Press.
  BLASZCZYNSKI, A.P., SHARPE, L., WALKER, M., ENERSEN, K. & COUGHLAN, M. (2005). Structural characteristics of electronic gaming machines and satisfaction of play among recreational and problem gamblers. International Gambling Studies, 5 (2), 187-198.
  WANG, S.L. & CAN, Y.Q. (2006). The revision and preliminary application of online game addiction Inventory. Chinese Journal of Clinical Psychology, 14, 8-10.
  WAN, C.S and CHIOU, W.B. (2006). Why are adolescents addicted to online gaming ? An interview study in Taiwan. Cyberpsychology & Behavior, 9 (6), 762-766.
  YEE, N. (2006). The demographics, motivations, and derived experiences of users of massively multi-user online graphical environments. Presence, 15, 309-329.
GRIFFITHS, M.D. & HUNT, N. (1998). Dependence on computer games by adolescents. Psychological Reports, 82, 475-480. WAN, C.S. & CHIOU, W.B. (2006). Psychological motives and online games addiction : A test of flow theory and humanistic needs theory for Taiwanese adolescents. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 9, 317-324. [PDF]
  GRÜSER S. M., THALEMANN, R. & GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2007). Excessive computer game playing : Evidence for addiction and aggression. Cyberpsychology & Behavior, 10, 290-292.
  WÖLFLING, K., GRÜSER, S.M. & THALEMANN, R. (2008). Video and computer game addiction. International Journal of Psychology, 43 (3-4), 769-769.
  GRIFFITHS, M. (2008). Diagnosis and management of video game addiction. New Directions in Addiction Treatment & Prevention, 12, 27-41.
GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2000). Does internet and computer "addiction" exist ? Some case study evidence. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 3, 211-218. [PDF] GRIFFITHS, M. (2008). Internet and video-game addiction. In C. Essau (Ed.), Adolescent addiction: Epidemiology, assessment and treatment. (pp. 231-267). San Diego : Elselvier.
  GRIFFITHS, M. (2008) Videogame addiction: Fact or fiction? In T. Willoughby & E. Wood (Eds). Children's Learning in a Digital World (pp.85-103). Oxford : Blackwell Publishing.
GRIFFITHS, M. (2002). Gambling and gaming addictions in adolescence. Oxford : British Psychological Society Blackwell. YOUNG, K.S. (2009). Understanding online gaming addiction and treatment issues for adolescents. The American Journal of Family Therapy, 37, 355-372. [PDF]
TEJEIRO, R.A. & BERSABÉ, R.M. (2002). Measuring problem video game playing in adolescents. Addiction, 97, 1601-1606. GRIFFITHS, M. & MEREDITH, A. (2009). Videogame addiction and treatment. Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy, 39 (4), 47-53.
SALGUERO, R.A.T. & MORAN, R.M.B. (2002). Measuring problem video game playing in adolescents. Addiction, 97, 1601-1606. SAVILLE, B.K., GISBERT, S., KOPP, J. & TELESCO, C. (2010). Internet addition and delay discounting in College students. The Psychologucal Record, 60, 273-286.
  WEINSTEIN, A.M. (2010). Computer and video game addiction : A comparison between game users and non-game users. The American Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse, 36, 268-276. [PDF]
  TEJEIRO, R.A., GOMEZ VALLECILLO, J.L., PELEGRINA, M. & WALLACE, A. & EMBERLEY, E. (2012). Risk factors associated with the abuse of video games in adolescents. Psychology, 3 (4), 310-314. [PDF]
  KUSS, D.J. & GRIFFITHS, M. (2012). Adolescent online gaming addiction. Education & Health, 30 (1), 1-3. [PDF]
  GRIFFITHS, M., KUSS, D.J. & KING, D.L. (2012).Video Game Addiction: Past, Present and Future. Current Psychiatry Reviews, 8 (4), 308-318. [PDF]
CHIU, S.-I., LEE, J.-Z. & HUANG, D.-H. (2004). Video game addiction in children and teenagers in Taiwan. CyberPsychology & Behavior, 7, 571-581. WONG, U. & CARSON-HODGINS, D. (2013). Development of the game addiction inventory for adults (GAIA). Addiction Research & Theory, 1-15. [PDF]
JOHANSSON, A. & GÖTESTAM, K.G. (2004). Problems with computer games without monetary reward : Similarity to pathological gambling. Psychological Reports, 95 (2), 641-650. CHEN, C.Y., YEN, J.Y., WANG, P.W., LIU, G.C., YEN, C.F. & KO, C.H. (2016). Altered functional connectivity of the insula and nucleus accumbens in internet gaming disorder : A resting state fMRI study. European Addiction Research, 22 (4), 192-200. [PDF]
Voir aussi Dépendance, Dépendance à internet, Procrastination, Mesure/Évaluatiion de la dépendance et Jeux viédo
Dépendance aux réseaux sociaux virtuels : Forme de dépendance aux réseaux sociaux qui augmente la procrastination et nuit à l'attention et aux relations sociales. Online social networking addiction.

  KUSS, D.J. & GRIFFITHS, M.D. (2011). Online social networking and addiction : A review of the psychological literature. International Journal of Environmental Research & Public Health, 8, 3528-3552. [PDF]
Voir aussi Réseau virtuel
Dépersonnalisation : Sentiment d'être un autre, de ne plus se reconnaître, de ne plus être soi. = trouble de la dépersonalisation, perte de la conscience de soi. *deindividualisation. Depersonalization.

  SEARL, N.M. (1932). A note on depersonalization. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 13, 329-347.
STEIN, M.B. & UHDE, T.W. (1989). Depersonalization disorder : Effects of caffeine and response to pharmacotherapy. Biological Psychiatry, 26 (3), 315-320.
ADERIBGBE, Y.A., BLOCH, R.M. & WALKER, W.R. (2001). Prevalence of depersonalization and derealization experiences in a rural population. Social Psychiatry & Psychiatric Epidemiology, 36, 63-69.
COHEN, P.R. (2004). Medication-associated depersonalization symptoms : report of transient depersonalization symptoms induced by minocycline. Southern Medical Journal, 97, 70-73.
SHUFMAN, E., LERNER, A. & WITZTUM, E. (2005). Depersonalization after withdrawal from cannabis usage. Harefuah, 144, 249-251.
SIERRA-SIEGERT, T.M. & DAVID, A.S. (2007). Depersonalization and individualism : the effect of culture on symptom profiles in panic disorder. The Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 195, 989-995.
Voir aussi Conscience de soi et Deindividualisation
Dépister/Dépistage : Consiste à à déterminer la nature d'un problème avant qu'il ne se développe ou ne prenne de l'ampleur. Le dépistage est la première phase de l'intervention. Dépistage, diagnostic et prévention. Recognition.

  WERNER, E., DAWSON, G., OSTERLING, J. & DINNO, J. (2000). Recognition of autism before 1 year of age : A retrospective study based on home videotapes. Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders, 30, 157-162.
 ROGÉ, B., CHABROL, H. & UNSALDI, I. (2009). Le dépistage précoce de l’autisme : Quelle faisabilité ? Enfance, 1, 27-40. [PDF]
Voir aussi Prévention
Déplacement : Mécanisme de défense qui se traduit par un changement dans l'orientation des émotions (le plus souvent la colère ou les pulsions sexuelles) vers des choses, des animaux ou des personnes qui ne sont pas l'objet réel des sentiments éprouvés. Dans la mémoire à court terme, désigne le changement de position d'une information. Displacement.

  ISHAM, M.K. (1921). Example of displacement of original affect upon play. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 2, 430-431. HOLLAND, N.N. (1973). Defence, displacement and the ego's algebra. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 54, 247-257.
HART, H. (1947). Displacement guilt and pain. Psychoanalytic Review, 34, 259-273 FENIGSTEIN, A. & BUSS, A.H. (1974). Association and affect as determinants of displaced aggression. Journal of Research in Personality, 7 (4), 306-313.
  VIGNEAULT, J. (1993). Transferts et déplacements : fondements de la psychanalyse en Amérique du Nord. Trans, 3, 223-237. [PDF]
MILLER, N.E. (1948). Theory and experiment relating psychoanalytic displacement to stimulus-response generalization. Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 43, 155-178. NEUBAUER, P.B. (1994). The role of displacement in pychoanalysis. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 49, 107-119.
KATAN, A. (1951). The role of "displacement" in agoraphobia. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 32, 41-50. BAUMEISTER, R.F., DALE, K. & SOMMER, K.L. (1998). Freudian defense mechanisms and empirical findings in modern scial psychology : Reaction formation, projection, displacement, undoing, isolation, sublimation, and denial. Journal of Personality, 66 (6), 1081-1124. [PDF]
HOKANSON, J.E., BURGESS, M. & COHEN, M.F. (1963). Effect of displaced aggression on systolic blood pressure. The Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 67 (3), 214-218. DENSON, T.F., AVILES F., POLLOCK, V., EALEYWINE, M., VASQUEZ, E.A. & MILLER, N. (2008). The effects of alcohol and the salience of aggressive cues on triggered displaced aggression. Aggressive Behavior, 34, 24-33. [PDF]
LAPLANCHE, J. et PONTALIS, J.B. (1967/1998). Vocabulaire de la psychanalyse. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. Voir aussi Mécanisme de défense
Dépolarisation (de la membrane) : Membrane potential.

  JENERICK, H.P. & GERARD, R.W. (1953). Membrane potential and threshold of single muscle fibres. Journal of Cellular & Comparative Physiology, 42, 79-95.
DEL CASTILO, J. & KATZ, B. (1954). Changes in end-plate activity produced by presynaptic polarization. Journal of Physiology, 124, 586-604.
FRANK, K. & FOURTES, M.G.F. (1955). Potentials recorded from the spinal cord with micro-electrodes. Journal of Physiology, 130, 625-654.
Voir aussi Membrane synpatique et Influx nerveux
Dépresseur : Voir Neurodépresseur.
Dépression : Trouble de l'humeur. Les symptômes de la dépression sont : perte d’énergie, sentiment d’impuissance et d’inutilité, insomnie, période de sommeil plus ou moins longue que d'habitude, prise ou perte de poids significative, difficulté à se concentrer et à se décider, diminution de la libido, perte d'intérêt dans les activités normalement gratifiantes, évitement des autres et isolement social, sentiment de tristesse et de désespoir, consommation abusive d'alcool ou de drogue, sentiment de culpabilité déraisonnable, idéation suicidaire, pensées morbides et tentative de suicide. Pour certains psychologues, comme les béhavioristes, la dépression est acquise par résignation. Dépression, rechute et épuisement professionnel. = dépression unipolaire. Depression, unipolar depression, depressive syndrome, depressive state, depressive mood.
Types de dépression
Dépression chronique Dépression mineure Dépression saisonnière
Dépression expérimentale Dépression modérée Dépression unipolaire
Dépression majeure Dépression post-partum Dépression chronique
 
 


Domaines de la dépression
Causes de la dépression Dépression selon le sexe Prévention de la dépression
Dépression chez les animaux   Rechute (dépression)
Dépression chez les enfants/Ado Conséquences de la dépression Rémission (Dépression)
Dépression chez les personnes âgées Évaluation/Mesure de la dépression Traitement de la dépression
 


  BALINT, M. (1952). New beginning and the paranoid and depressive syndromes. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33, 214-224. FAVA, G., GRANDI, S., ZIELEZNY, M., RAFANELLI, C. & CANESTRARI, R. (1996). Four-year outcome for cognitive behavioral treatment of residual symptoms in major depression. American Journal of Psychiatry, 153, 945-947.
HAMILTON, M.A (1960). Rating scale for depression. Journal of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 23, 56-61. McNEIL, K.F., RIENZI, B.M., BUTLER, M.A. & DOTY, M L. (1996). College students' attitudes toward finding a mate to escape depression : Sex differences. Psychological Reports, 79, 745-746.
BECK, A.T., WARD, C.H., MENDELSON, M., MOCK, J. & ERBAUGH, J. (1961). An inventory for measuring depression. Archives of General Psychiatry, 4 (6), 561-571. BANKS S.M. & KERNS, R.D. (1996). Explaining high rates of depression in chronic pain: A diathesis-stress framework. Psychological Bulletin, 119, 95-110.
  MARTINEZ, A., MALPHURS, J., FIELD, T., PICKENS, J. & YANDO, R. (1996). Depressed mothers’ and their infants’ interactions with nondepressed partners. Infant Mental Health Journal, 17 (1), 74-80.
  WILCOX, M. & BUTER, D.N. (1996). The relationship between eating disorders and depression. Journal of Social Psychology, 136, 269-271.
CATTELL, R.B. & BEJRSTEDT, A. (1967). The structure of depression, by factoring Q-data, in relation to general personality source traits. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 8, 17-24. JACOBSON, N.S., DOBSON, K.S., TRUAX, P.A., ADDIS, M.E., KOERNER, K., GOLLAN, J.K., GORTNER, E. & PRINCE, S.E. (1996). A component analysis of cognitive-behavioral treatment for depression. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 64, 295-304.
HAMILTON, M. (1967). Development of a rating scale for primary depressive illness. British Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 6, 278-296. WILLNER, P. (1997). Validity, reliability and utility of the chronic mild stress model of depression : a 10-year review and evaluation. Psychopharmacology, 134, 319-329.
  ANTONUCCIO, D.O., THOMAS, M. & DANTON, W.G. (1997). A cost-effectiveness analysis of cognitive behavior therapy and fluoxetine (Prozac) in the treatment of depression. Behavior Therapy, 28, 187-210. [PDF]
BECK, A.T. (1967). Depression : Clinical, experimental, and theoretical aspects. N.Y. : Harper & Row. ANGST, J. (1997). Depression and anxiety : implications for nosology, course, and treatment. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 58 (S8), 3-5.
BECK, A.T. (1967). Depression : Causes and treatment. Philadelphia : University of Pennsylvania Press. ALLOY, L.B. (1997). "Carving depression at its joints": Cognitive/personality subtypes of depression. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 21, 243-245.
BECK, A.T. (1967). Depression : Clinical, experimental, and theoretical aspects. New York : Harper and Row. FLINT, A.J. (1997). Pharmacologic treatment of depression in late life. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 157 (8), 1061-1067.
EPSTEIN, S. (1967). Toward a unified theory of depression. In B.A. Maher (Ed.), Progress in experimental personality research (Vol. 4, pp. 1-89). New York : Academic Press. JUST, N. & ALLOY, L.B. (1997). The response styles theory of depression : Tests and an extension of the theory. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 106, 221-229.
MENDELS, J. (1968). Depression : The distinction between syndrome and symptom. British Journal of Psychiatry, 114, 1549-1554. MAYBERG, H.S. (1997). Limbic-cortical dysregulation : a proposed model of depression. The Journal of Neuropsychiatry & Clinical Neurosciences, 9 (3), 471-481.
LAZARUS, A.A. (1968). Learning theory and the treatment of depression. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 6 (1), 83-89. CUIJPERS, P. (1997). Bibliotherapy in unipolar depression : A meta-analysis. Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 28 (2), 139-147.
SILVERMAN, C. (1968). The epidemiology of depression. American Journal of Psychiatry, 124, 883-891. LICHTENBERG, P.A., CHAPLESKI, E.E. & YOUNGBLADE, L.M. (1997). The effect of depression on functional abilities among Great Lakes American Indians. Journal of Applied Gerontology, 16, 235-248.
HAMILTON, M. (1969). Standardised assessment and recording of depressive symptoms. Psychiatria, Neurologia, Neurochirurgia, 72, 201-205. WIEDERMAN, M.W. & PRYOR, T. (1997). Body dissatisfaction and sexuality among women with bulimia nervosa : The mediating role of drive for thinness. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 21 (4), 361-365. [PDF]
McKINNEY, W.T. & BUNNEY, W.E. (1969). Animal model of depression. I. Review of evidence : implications for research. Archives of General Psychiatry, 21 (2), 240-248.  BURNS, D. D. (1998). Why are depression and anxiety correlated ? A test of the tripartite model. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 66, 461-473.
JACOBSON, E. (1971). Depression. New York : IUP. GORTNER, E.T., GOLLAN, J.K., DOBSON, K.S. & JACOBSON, N.S. (1998). Cognitive-behavioral treatment for depression : relapse prevention. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 66 (2), 377-384. [PDF]
McKINNEY, W.T., SUOMI, S.J. & HARLOW, H.F. (1972). Use of monkeys to study depression. Resident & Staff Physician, 18, 44-49. BREWIN, C.R. (1998). Intrusive memories in depression and PTSD. The Psychologist, 12 (4), 281-283. [PDF]
NOBLE, P. & LADER, M. (1972). A physiological comparison of "endogenous" and "reactive" depression. British Journal of Psychiatry, 120, 541-542. BEBBINGTON, P.E., DUNN, R., JENKINS, R. LEWIS, G., BRUGHA, T., FARRELL, M. & MELTZER, H. (1998). The influence of age and sex on the prevalence of depressive conditions : report from the National Survey of Psychiatric Morbidity. Psychological Medicine, 28 (1), 9-19.
IZARD, C.E. (1972). Patterns of emotions : a new analysis of anxiety and depression. New York : Academic Press. CLARK, D.A. (1998). Canadian perspectives on research in depression. Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 30, 207-212.
FERSTER, C.B. (1973). A functional analysis of dépression. American Psychologist, 28 (10), 857-870. [PDF] JENKINS, C., CARMODY, T.J. & RUSH, A.J. (1998). Depression in radiation oncology patients : A preliminary evaluation. Journal of Affective Disorders, 50, 17-21.
MORRIS, J.B. & BECK, A.T. (1974). The efficacy of antidepressant drugs : A review of research (1958 to 1972). Archives of General Psychiatry, 30, 667-674. PERSONS, J.B. & FRESCO, D.M. (1998). Assessment of depression. In A.S. Bellack & M. Hersen (Eds.), Behavioral assessment. A practical handbook (pp. 210-230). Boston : Allyn and Bacon.
SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1974). Depression and learned helplessness. In R.J. Friedman & M.M. Katz (Eds.), The psychology of depression : Contemporary theory and research. Winston-Wiley. ANTONUCCIO, D.O. (1998). The coping with depression course : A behavioral treatment for depression. The Clinical Psychologist, 51 (3), 3-5.
SHAPIRO, M.B. & SHAPIRO, D.A. (1974). Experiments on the feeling of depression. British Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 13, 191-199. EPSTEIN, R. (1998). Of course depression is biochemical. American Psychological Association Monitor, 3, 5.
RUSH, A.J., KHATAMI, M. & BECK, A.T. (1975). Cognitive and behavior therapy in chronic depression. Behavior Therapy, 6, 398-404. PANZANIRO, P. (1998). The costs of depression : Direct and indirect; treatment versus nontreatment. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 59 (20), 11-15.
SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1975). Helplessness : On depression, development, and death. San Fransisco, CA : Freeman. HEALTH, A.C., EAVES, L.J., KIRK, K.M. & MARTIN, N.G. (1998). Effects of lifestyle, personality, symptoms of anxiety and depression, and genetic predisposition on subjective sleep disturbance and sleep pattern. Twin Research, 1, 176-188. [PDF]
BLATT, S.J. D'AFFLITTI J.P. & QUINLAN, D.M. (1976). Experiences of depression in normal young adults. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 85, 383-389. HEALY, D. (1998/2002). Le temps de la dépression. Les Empêcheurs de penser en rond.
REHM, L. P. (1977). A self-control model of depression. Behavior Therapy, 8, 787-804. WEISS, E.L., LONGHURST, J.G. & MAZURE, C.M. (1999). Childhood sexual abuse as a risk factor for depression in women : psychosocial and neurobiological correlates. American Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 816-828. [PDF]
  NIERENBERG, A.A., KEEFE, B.R., LESLIE, V.C., ALPERT, J.E., PAVA, J.A., WORTHINGTON, J.J., ROSENBAUM, J.F. & FAVA, M. (1999). Residual symptoms in depressed patients who respond acutely to fluoxetine. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 60, 221-225.
RADLOFF, L.S. (1977). The CES-D scale: a self-report depression scale for research in the general population. Applied Psychological Measuremen, 1, 385–401. PATTEN, S.B. (1999). Psychosocial stress, depressive symptoms and depressive disorders, an integrative hypothesis. Medical Hypotheses, 53, 210-216.
BROWN, G.W. & HARRIS, T. (1978). Social origins of depression : A study of psychiatric disorder in women. N.Y. : The Free Press. FRASURE-SMITH, N., LESPERANCE, F., JUNEAU, M., TALJIC, M. & BOURASSA, M. (1999). Gender, depression, and one-year prognosis after myocardial infarction. Psychosomatic Medicine, 61 (1), 26-37. [PDF]
CHEVRON, E.S., QUINLAN, D.M. & BLATT, S.J. (1978). Sex roles and gender differences in the experience of depression. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 87, 680-683. CLARKE, G.N., RHODE, P., LEWINSOHN, P.M., HOPS, H. & SEELY, J.R. (1999). Cognitive-behavioral treatment of adolescent depression : Efficacy of acute group treatment & booster sessions. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 38, 272-279.
ARIETI, S. & BEMPORAD, J. (1978). Severe and mild depression. New York : Basic Books. ZUROFF, D.C., BLATT, S.J., SANISLOW, C.A., BONDI, C.M. & PILKONIS, P.A. (1999). Vulnerability to depression : Reexamining state dependence and relative stability. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 108 (1), 76-89. [PDF]
DAVIS, H. (1979). Self-reference and the encoding of personal information in depression. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 39 (1), 97-110. [PDF] ARBORELIUS, L., OWENS, M.J., PLOTSKY, P.M. & NEMEROFF, C.B. (1999). The role of corticotropin-releasing factor in depression and anxiety disorders. Journal of Endocrinology, 160, 1-12.
LEWINSOHN, P.M. YOUNGREN, M.A. & GROSSCUP, S.J. (1979). Reinforcement and depression. In R.A. Dupue (Ed.), The psychobiology of depressive disorders : Implications for the effects of stress (pp. 291-316). New York : Academic Press. DORIS, A., EBMEIER, K. & SHAJAHAN, P. (1999). Depressive illness. Lancet, 354, 1369-1375.
RUSH, A.J. (1979). Cognitive therapy for depression. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 13, 13-16. ANDERSON, C.A. (1999). Attributional style, depression, and loneliness : A cross-cultural comparison of American and Chinese students. Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 25, 482-499. [PDF]
ALLOY, L.B. & ABRAMSON, L.Y. (1979). Judgment of contingency in depressed and nondepressed students : Sadder but wiser ? Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 108, 441-485. NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S., LARSON, J. & GRAYSON, C. (1999). Explaining the gender difference in depressive symptoms. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 77, 1061-1072. [PDF]
LEWINSOHN, P.M. & TALKINGTON, J. (1979). Studies on the measurement of unpleasant events and relations with depression. Applied Psychological Measurement, 3 (1), 83-101. BIRCHWOOD, M.J., IQBAL, S., CHADWICK, P. & TROWER, P. (2000). Cognitive approach to depression and suicidal thinking in psychosis. I : The ontogeny of post-psychotic depression. British Journal of Psychiatry, 177, 516-521. [PDF]
ALLOY, L.B. & SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1979). On the cognitive component of learned helplessness and depression. In G.H. Bower (Ed.), The psychology of learning and motivation. (Vol. 13). New York : Academic Press. HENRIQUES, G.R. (2000). Depression : Disease or behavioral shutdown mechanism ? Journal of Science & Health Policy, 1, 152-165. [PDF]
  JUDD, L.L., PAULUS, M.J., SCHETTLER, P.J., AKISKAL, H.S., ENDICOTT, J., LEON, A.C., MASER, J.D., MUELLER, T., SOLOMON, D.A., KELLER, M.B. (2000). Does incomplete recovery from first lifetime major depressive episode herald a chronic course of illness ? American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 1501-1504.
WEISMANN, M.M., PRUSOFF, B.A., DIMASCIO, A., NEU, C., GOKLANEY, M. & KLERMAN, G.L. (1979). The efficacy of drugs and psychotherapy in the treatment of acute depressive episodes. American Journal of Psychiatry, 136, 555-558. GOODNICK, P.J. & HERNANDEZ, M (2000). Treatment of depression in comorbid medical illness. Expert Opinion on Pharmacotherapy, 1, 1367-1384
JACOBSON, E. (1979). Les dépressions. États normaux, névrotiques et psychotiques. Paris : Payot. PICCINELLI, M. & WILKINSON, G. (2000). Gender differences in depression. The British Journal of Psychiatry, 177, 486-492. [PDF]
BECK, A.T., RUSH, A.J., SHAW, B.F. & EMERY, G. (1979). Cognitive therapy of depression. New York : Guilford Press. ADDIS, M.E. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2000). A closer look at the treatment rationale and homework compliance in cognitive therapy for depression. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 24, 313-326.
MONTGOMERY, S.A. & ÄSBERG, M. (1979). A new depression scale designed to be sensitive to change. British Journal of Psychiatry, 134, 382-389. [PDF] RAZ, Y. (2000). Depression in medical illness : The role of the immune system. The Western Journal of Medicine, 173 (5), 333-336. [PDF]
ARIETI, S. & BEMPORAD, J. (1980). The psychological organization of depression. American Journal of Psychiatry, 137, 1360-1365. SIRIS, S.G. (2000). Depression in schizophrenia : Perspective in the era of "atypical"antipsychotic agents. The American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 1379-1389.
LEWINSOHN, P.M., SULLIVAN, J.M. & GROSSCUP, S.J. (1980). Changing reinforcing events : An approach to the treatment of depression. Psychotherapy : Theory, Research, & Practice, 47, 322-334. NEZU, A.M., NEZU, C.M. & McCLURE, K.S. (2000). Depression. In P.S. Houts & L.Z. Rubenstein (Eds.), Eldercare at home. NY : American Geriatrics Society Foundation for Health in Aging.
YOUNGREN, M.A. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1980). The functional relation between depression and problematic interpersonal behavior. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 89, 333-341. NESSE, R.M. (2000). Is depression an adaptation ? Archives of General Psychiatry, 57, 14-20.
SANCHEZ, V. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1980). Assertive behavior and depression. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 48, 119-120. BABYAK, M.A., BLUMENTHAL, J.A., HERMAN, S., DORAISWAMY, M., MOORE, K.,CRAIGHEAD, W.E., BALDEWICZ, T.T. & KRISHAN, R. (2000). Exercise treatment for major depression : Maintenance of therapeutic benefit at 10 months. Psychosomatic Medicine, 62, 633-638.
YOUNGREN, M.A. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1980). The functional relationship between depressed and problematic interpersonal behavior. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 89, 333-341. EHRENBERG, A. (2000). La fatigue d'être soi. Dépression et société. Paris : Odile Jacob.
ABRAMSON, L.Y. & MARTIN, D.J. (1981). Depression and the causal inference process. In J. Harvey, W. Ickes & R. Kidd (Eds.), New directions in attribution research. Hillsdale, N.J. : Erlbaum YING, Y., LEE, P.A., TSAI, J.L., YEH, Y. & HUANG, J. (2000). The conception of depression in Chinese American college students. Cultural Diversity & Ethnic Minority Psychology, 6, 183-195.
O'ROURKE, T.M., TRYON, W.W. & RAPS, C.S. (1980). Learned helplessness, depression, and positive reinforcement. Cognitive Theory & Research, 4, 201-209. MURPHY, P.E., CIAROCCHI, J.W., PIEDMONT, R.L., CHESTON, S., PEYROT, M. & FITCHETT, G. (2000). The relation of religious belief and practices, depression, and hopelessness in persons with clinical depression. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 68, 1102-1106.
  PARKER, G. (2000). Classifying depression: Should paradigms lost be regained ? American Journal of Psychiatry, 157, 1195-1203 [PDF]
BEACH, S., ABRAMSON, L.Y. & LEVINE, F. (1981). The attributional reformulation of learned helplessness : Therapeutic implications. In H. Glazer and J. Clarkin (Eds.), Depression: Behavioral and directive intervention strategies. New York : Garland. KIRSCH, I. (2000). Are drug and placebo effects in depression additive ? Biological Psychiatry, 47, 733-773.
  BOWER, P., RICHARDS. D. & LOVELL, K. (2001). The clinical and cost-effectiveness of self-help treatments for anxiety and depressive disorders in primary care : a systematic review. British Journal of General Practice, 51 (471), 838-845. [PDF]
  DOOLEY, D., PRAUSE, J. & HAM-ROWBOTOON, K.A. (2000). Underemployment and depression : longitudinal relationships. Journal of Health & Social Behavior, 41, 421-437. [PDF]
WILSON, P.H. (1982). Combined pharmacological and behavioural treatment of depression. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 20, 173-184. PIGNARRE, P. (2001). Comment la dépression est devenue une épidémie. Paris : La Découverte.
  STICE, E. (2001). Body image and eating disturbances prospectively predict increases in depressive symptoms in adolescent girls : A growth curve analysis. Develpmental Psychology, 37 (5), 597-607. [PDF]
  STÖBER, J. & JOORMANN, J. (2001). Worry, procrastination and perfectionism : Discriminating worry from anxiety and depression. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 25 (1), 49-60. [PDF]
  KEEL, P.K., MITCHELL, J. E., DAVIS, T.L., & CROW, S. J. (2001). Relationship between depression and body dissatisfaction in women diagnosed with bulimia nervosa. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 30, 48–56.
DESSONVILEE, C., GALLAGHER, D., THOMPSON, L.W., FINNELL, K. & LEWINSOHN, P.M (1982). Relation of age and health status of depressive symptoms in normal and depressed older adults. Essence, 5, 99-117. JACOBSON, N.S., MARTELL, C.R. & DIMIDJIAN, S. (2001). Behavioral activation therapy for depression : Returning to contextual roots. Clinical Psychology : Science & Practice, 8 (3), 255-270. [PDF]
KATZ, R. & SIBEL, M. (1982). Animal model of depression : Tests of three structurally and pharmacologically novel antidepressant compounds. Pharmacology, Biochemistry & Behavior, 16, 973-977. NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (2001). Gender differences in depression. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 10, 173-176. [PDF]
  TATANO-BECK, C. & GABLE, R.K. (2001). Further validation of the postpartum depression screening scale. Nursing Research, 50, 155-164.
LEWINSOHN, P.M. & HOBERMAN, H. (1982). Depression. In A. S. Bellack, M. Hersen & A.E. Kazdin (Eds.), International handbook of behavior modification and therapy.(pp, 173-208). New York : Plenum Press. MARTELL, C.R. & ADDIS, M.E. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2001). Depression in context : Strategies for guided action. New York : W.W. Norton & Co.
  JOINER, T. & METALSKY, G.I. (2001). Excessive reassurance-seeking : Delineating a risk factor involved in the development of depressive symptoms. Psychological Science, 12, 371-378.
  BRENNICKMEIJER, V., VAN YPEREN, N.W. & BUUNK, B.P. (2001). Burnout and depression are not identical twins : Is superiority a distinguishing feature ? Personality & Individual Differences, 30, 873-880.
EMERY, G. (1982). Controlling depression through cognitive therapy. New York : BMA Audio cassettes, Guilford Publications. HANKIN, B.L. & ABRAMSON, L.Y. (2001). Development of gender differences in depression : An elaborated cognitive vulnerability-transactional stress theory. Psychological Bulletin, 127 (6), 773-796. [PDF]
STEINBRUECK, S.M., MAXWELL, S.E. & HOWARD, G.S. (1983). A meta-analysis of psychotherapy and drug therapy in the treatment of unipolar depression with adults. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 51 (6), 856-863. DE JONGHE, F., KOOL, S., VAN AALST, G., DEKKER, J. & PEEN, J. (2001). Combining psychotherapy and antidepressants in the treatment of depression. Journal of Affective Disorders, 64 (2-3), 217-229.
KRIPKE, D.F. (1984). Critical interval hypotheses for depression. Chronobiology International, 1, 73-80. CLARK, D.A. (2001). The persistent problem of negative cognition in anxiety and depression : New perspectives and old controversies. Behavior Therapy, 32, 3-12.
TEASDALE, J.D., FENNELL, M.J.V., HIBBERT, G.A. & AMIES, P.L. (1984). Cognitive therapy for major depressive disorder in primary care. British Journal of Psychiatry, 144, 400-406. DUNNER, D.L. (2001). Acute and maintenance treatment of chronic depression. Clinical Psychiatry, 62, 10-16.
MURPHY, G.E., SIMONS, A.D., WETZEL, R.D. & LUSTMAN, P.J. (1984). Cognitive therapy and pharmacotherapy : Singly and together in the treatment of depression. Archives of General Psychiatry, 41, 33-41. MARTELL, C.R. & ADDIS, M.E. & JACOBSON, N.S. (2001). Depression in context : Strategies for guided action. New York : W.W. Norton & Co.
  WESTERN, D. & MORRISON, K. (2001). A multi-dimensional meta-analysis of treatments for depression, panic, and generalized anxiety disorder : An empirical examination of the status of empirically supported therapies. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69, 841-845.
TEASDALE, J.D. (1985). Psychological treatments for depression: How do they work ? Behaviour Research & Therapy, 23 (2), 157-165. TEASDALE, J.D., SCOTT, J., MOORE, R.G., HAYHURS, H., POPE, M. & PAYKEL, E.S. (2001). How does cognitive therapy prevent relapse in residual depression ? Evidence from a controlled trial. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 69 (3), 347-357. [PDF]
LEWINSOHN, P.M., HOBERMAN, H.M., TERI, L. & HAUTZINGER, M. (1985). An integrated theory of depression. In S. Reiss & R. Bootzin (Eds.), Theoretical issues in behavior therapy (pp. 331-359). New York : Academic Press. NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S. (2001). Gender differences in depression. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 10, 173-176.
   GEHRICKE, J. & SHAPIRO, D. (2001). Facial and autonomic activity in depression : Social context differences during imagery. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 41, 53-64.
NEZU, A.M. & RONAN, G.F. (1985). Life stress, current problems, problem solving, and depressive symptoms : An integrative model. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 53, 693-697. PIGNARRE, P. (2001). Comment la dépression est devenue une épidémie. Éditions la découverte.
BENASSI, V.A. & MAHLER, H.I. (1985). Contingency judgments by depressed college students : Sadder but not always wiser. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 49, 1323-1329. ABRAMSON, L.Y., ALLOY, L.B., HANKIN, B.L., HAEFFEL, G.J., MacCOON, D.G. & GIBB, B.E. (2002). Cognitive vulnerability-stress models of depression in a self-regulatory and psychobiological context. In I.H. Gotlib & C.L. Hammen (Eds.), Handbook of depression (pp. 268-294). New York : Guilford .
POPKIN, M.K., CALLIES, A.L. & MACKENZIE, T.B. (1985). The outcome of antidepressant use in the medically ill. Archives of General Psychiatry, 41, 469-477. YING, Y.W. (2002). The conception of depression in Chinese Americans and its implications for treatment. California Psychologist, 35 (4), 20-25.
BREWIN, C.R. (1985). Depression and causal attributions : What is their relation? Psychological Bulletin, 98 (2), 297-309. HERRING, M. & KASLOW, N.J. (2002). Depression and attachment in families : A child-focused perspective. Family Process, 41, 494-518.
NEZU, A.M. (1986). Efficacy of a social problem-solving therapy approach for unipolar depression. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 54, 196-202. EATON, W. (2002). Epidemiologic evidence on the comorbidity of depression and diabetes. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 53, 903-906.
EELEN, P. & VAN DEN BERGH, O. (1986). Cognitive-behavioral models of depression. Acta Psychiatrica Belgica, 86, 748-759. BROSS, A.L., SHEETS, E.S., LETT, H.S. & BLUMENTHAL, J.A. (2002).Exercise and the treatment of clinical depression in adults. Sports Medicine, 32, 741-760.
SELIGMAN, M.E.P. & PETERSON, C. (1986). A learned helplessness perspective on childhood depression : Theory and research. In M. Rutter, C.E. Izard & P.B. Read (Eds.), Depression in young people : Developmental and clinical perspectives. New York : Guilford Press. MICHAEL, K.D. & CROWLEY, S.L. (2002). How effective are treatments for children and adolescent depression ? A meta-analytic review. Clinical Psychology Review, 22, 247-269.
NOLEN-HOEKSEMA, S., GIRGUS, J.S. & SELIGMAN, M.E.P. (1986). Learned helplessness in children : A longitudinal study of depression, explanatory style and academic achievement. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 51, 435-442. OLFSON, M., MARCUS, S., DRUSS, B., ELINSON, L., TANELIAN, T. & PINCUS, H. (2002). National trends in the outpatient treatment of depression. Journal of American Medical Association, 287, 203-209.
NEZU, A.M. (1986). Cognitive appraisal of problem-solving effectiveness : Relation to depression and depressive symptoms. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 42, 42-48. KIRSH, G.A. & KUIPER, N.A. (2002). Individualism and relatedness themes in the context of depression, gender, and a self-schema model of emotion. Canadian Psychology, 43, 76-90.
  POSTERNAK, M.A. & ZIMMERMAN, M. (2003). How accurate are patients in reporting their antidepressant treatment history ? Journal of Affective Disorders, 75, 115-124.
SWEENEY, P.D., ANDERSON, K. & BAILEY, S. (1986). Attributional style in depression : A meta-analytic review. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 50 (5), 974-991. TSOH, J.Y., LAM, J.N., DELUCCHI, K.L. & HALL, S.M. (2003). Smoking and depression in Chinese Americans. American Journalof the Medical Sciences, 326 (4), 187-191. [PDF]
  CÔTÉ, K. & WRIGHT, J. (2003). Caractéristiques, évaluation et traitement des couples dont l’un des conjoints souffre de dépression. Psychologie Canadienne, 44 (4), 382-393.
TERI, L. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1986). Individual treatment of unipolar depression : Comparison of treatment outcome and identification of predictors of success fultreatment outcome. Behavior Therapy, 17, 215-228. BEBBINGTON, P.E., DUNN, R., JENKINS, R. LEWIS, G., BRUGHA, T., FARRELL, M. & MELTZER, H. (2003). The influence of age and sex on the prevalence of depressive conditions: report from the National Survey of Psychiatric Morbidity. International Review of Psychiatry, 15, (1/2), 74-83.
  HOPKO, D.R., LEJUEZ, C.W., RUGGIERO, K.J. & EIFERT, G.H. (2003). Contempora ry behavioral activation treatments for depression : Procedures, principles, and progress.Clinical Psychology Review, 23, 699-717. [PDF]
FOREHAND, R., McCOMBS, A. & BRODY, G.H. (1987). The relationship between parental depressive mood states and child functioning. Advances in Behavior Research & Therapy, 9, 1-20. CÔTÉ, K. & WRIGHT, J. (2003). Caractéristiques, évaluation et traitement des couples dont l’un des conjoints souffre de dépression. Psychologie Canadienne, 44 (4), 382-393.
  WEISS, B. & GARBER, J. (2003). Developmental di erences in the phenomenology of depression. ‎Development & Psychopathology 15 (2), 403-430.
  MAYBERG, H.S. (2003) Modulating dysfunctional limbic-cortical circuits in depression : towards development of brain-based algorithms for diagnosis and optimised treatment. British Medical Bulletin, 65, 193-207.
  HERTEL, P.T. & GERSTLE, M. (2003). Depression-related deficits in forgetting. Psychological Science, 14, 573-578.
HAYNAL, A. & LEBOVICI, S. (1987). Dépression et créativité : Le sens du désespoir. Césura Lyon Edition. KEENAN, K., HIPWELL, A.E., DUAX, J.M., STOUTHAMER-LOEBER, M. & LOEBER, R. (2004). Phenomenology of depression in young girls. Journal of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 43, 1098-1106.
  GOODWIN, R.D. & GOTLIB, I.H. (2004). Gender differences in depression : the role of personality factors. Psychiatry Research, 126, 135–142. [PDF]
KENDLER, K.S., HEATH, A.C. MARTIN, N.G. & EAVES, L.J. (1987). Symptoms of anxiety and symptoms of depression : same genes, different environments ? Archives of General Psychiatry, 44, 451-457. HEALY, D. (2004). Let them eat prozac : The unhealthy relationship between the pharmaceutical industry and depression. New York : New York University Press.
  GOLDNEY, R.D., PHILLIPS, P.J., FISHER, L.J. & WILSON, D.H. (2004). Diabetes, depression, and quality of life : A population study. Diabetes Care, 27 (5), 1066-1070. [PDF]
SEGAL, Z.V. (1988). Appraisal of the self-schema construct in cognitive models of depression. Psychological Bulletin, 103, 147-162. BLATT, S.J. (2004). Experiences of depression: Theoretical, clinical and research perspectives. Washington, DC : American Psychological Association.
ABRAMSON, L.Y., METALSKY, G.I. & ALLOY, L.B. (1988). The hopelessness theory of depression: Does the research test the theory ? In L.Y. Abramson (Ed.), Social cognition and clinical psychology : A synthesis. New York : Guilford. CHRISTENSEN, H., GRIFFITHS, K.M. & JORM, A.F. (2004). Delivering interventions for depression by using the internet : randomised controlled trial. British Medical Journal, 328 (7434), 265-270. [PDF]
BEBBINGTON, P.E., HURRY, J. & TENNANT, C. (1988). Adversity and the symptoms of depression. International Journal of Social Psychiatry, 34 (3), 163-171. GOTLIB, I.H., KRASNOPEROVA, E., YUE, D.L. & JOORMANN, J. (2004). Attentional biases for negative interpersonal stimuli in clinical depression. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 113 (1), 127-135. [PDF]
  ADDIS, M.E. & MARTELL, C.R. (2004/09). Ending depression one step at a time : The new behavioral activation approach to getting your life back. Oakland : New Harbinger. / Vaincre la dépression une étaoe à la fois. Montréal : Édit